Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
File Documents.1322 Snowbunny Ln.0071-2021-BCHO (20)
Category 1 Owner’s Manual WARNING: If the information in these instructions is not followed exactly, a fire or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury or loss of life. - Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. - WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. - Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. Tested and Listed by Report # 0028GF103S ANSI Z21.50-2016 CSA 2.22-2016 Gas-Fired Domestic and Commercial Heating Equipment “Vented Gas Fireplace” This appliance may be installed in an aftermarket, permanently located, manufactured home (USA only) or mobile home, where not prohibited by local codes. This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases, unless a certified kit is used. INSTALLER: Leave this manual with the appliance. CONSUMER: Retain this manual for future reference. Travis Industries, Inc. 12521 Harbour Reach Dr., Mukilteo, WA 98275 www.travisproducts.com ¤ Copyright 2019, T.I. $10.00 2/6/20 100-01384 PortlandOregon USATested &Listed By 2 Introduction © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Overview This manual details the DaVinci category 1 fireplace. Listing Details This appliance was listed by Omni-Test Laboratories, Inc. to ANSI Z21.50-2016 / CSA 2.22- 2016. The listing label is chained to the appliance near the glass frame. A copy is shown to the right. Massachusetts Approval This manual has been submitted to the Massachusetts Board of State Examiners of Plumbers and Gas Fitters National Fireplace Institute Dealer Information Please record your dealer information here for future reference: Dealer Name: ____________________ Dealer Address: ____________________ Dealer E-Mail: ____________________ Dealer Phone #: ____________________ Tes t e d a n d Lis t e d b y Po r t l a n d Ore g o n U S A OM N I - T e s t L a b o r a t o r i e s , I n c . Re p o r t N o . 0 0 2 8 G F 1 0 3 S Cer t i f i e d f o r U S A a n d C a n a d a Ve n t e d D e c o r a t i v e G a s A p p l i a n c e Da V i n c i P r o p a n e Da V i n c i N . G . Ce r t i f i e d t o : A N S I Z 2 1 . 5 0 - 2 0 1 6 / C e r t i f i e d t o : C S A 2 . 2 2 - 2 0 1 6 V e n t e d D e c o r a t i v e G a s A p p l i a n c e s a n d C S A P . 4 . 1 - 1 5 Te s t i n g m e t h o d f o r m e a s u r i n g a n n u a l f i r e p l a c e e f f i c i e n c y . Th i s a p p l i a n c e m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h l o c a l c o d e s , i f a n y ; i f n o n e , f o l l o w t h e N a t i o n a l F u e l G a s Co d e , A N S I Z 2 2 3 . 1 / N F P A 5 4 , o r N a t u r a l G a s a n d P r o p a n e I n s t a l l a t i o n C o d e s , C S A B 1 4 9 . 1 . Th i s a p p l i a n c e m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e S t a n d a r d f o r M a n u f a c t u r e d H o m e s , C A N / C S A Z 2 4 0 M H Se r i e s , o r w i t h t h e M a n u f a c t u r e d H o m e C o n s t r u c t i o n a n d S a f e t y S t a n d a r d , T i t l e 2 4 C F R , P a r t 3 2 8 0 , o r w h e n s u c h a s t a n d a r d i s n o t a p p l i c a b l e , t h e S t a n d a r d f o r F i r e S a f e t y C r i t e r i a f o r M a n u f a c t u r e d H o m e I n s t a l l a t i o n s , S i t e s a n d Co m m u n i t i e s , N F P A 5 0 1 A Th i s v e n t e d g a s f i r e p l a c e h e a t e r i s e q u i p p e d a t t h e f a c t o r y f o r u s e w i t h g a s f u e l m a r k e d a b o v e . N o c o n v e r s i o n i s all o w e d . Th i s a p p l i a n c e i s o n l y f o r u s e w i t h t h e t y p e o f g a s i n d i c a t e d o n t h e r a t i n g p l a t e a n d m a y b e i n s t a l l e d i n a n af t e r m a r k e t , p e r m a n e n t l y l o c a t e d , m a n u f a c t u r e d h o m e ( U S A o n l y ) o r m o b i l e h o m e , w h e r e n o t p r o h i b i t e d b y l o c a l co d e s . S e e o w n e r ’ s m a n u a l f o r d e t a i l s . T h i s a p p l i a n c e i s n o t c o n v e r t i b l e f o r u s e w i t h o t h e r g a s e s , u n l e s s a ce r t i f i e d k i t i s u s e d . Th i s v e n t e d g a s f i r e p l a c e h e a t e r i s n o t f o r u s e w i t h a i r f i l t e r s . Ke e p b u r n e r a n d c o n t r o l c o m p a r t m e n t c l e a n . S e e i n s t a l l a t i o n a n d o p e r a t i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s a c c o m p a n y i n g ap p l i a n c e . Th i s a p p l i a n c e m u s t b e p r o p e r l y c o n n e c t e d t o a v e n t i n g s y s t e m i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ’ s in s t a l l a t i o n i n s t r u c t i o n s . S e e o w n e r ’ s m a n u a l f o r a p p r o v e d b r a n d s o f v e n t i n g . WA R N I N G : I m p r o p e r i n s t a l l a t i o n , a d j u s t m e n t , a l t e r a t i o n , s e r v i c e o r m a i n t e n a n c e c a n c a u s e i n j u r y o r p r o p e r t y da m a g e . R e f e r t o t h e o w n e r ’ s i n f o r m a t i o n m a n u a l p r o v i d e d w i t h t h i s a p p l i a n c e . F o r a s s i s t a n c e o r a d d i t i o n a l in f o r m a t i o n c o n s u l t a q u a l i f i e d i n s t a l l e r , s e r v i c e a g e n c y o r t h e g a s s u p p l i e r . VE N T E D D E C O R A T I V E G A S A P P L I A N C E - N O T F O R U S E W I T H S O L I D F U E L Min i m u m C l e a r a n c e s t o C o m b u s t i b l e s Fir e p l a c e t o A d j a c e n t W a l l Wo o d F l o o r B e n e a t h F i r e p l a c e Ba c k t o E n c l o s u r e 1” ( 2 6 m m ) 0” ( 0 m m ) 0” ( 0 m m ) To p t o E n c l o s u r e Si d e s t o E n c l o s u r e Ba s e o f F i r e p l a c e t o a M a n t e l 5. 5 ” ( 1 4 0 m m ) 0” ( 0 m m ) Se e O w n e r ’ s M a n u a l Ele c t r i c a l R a t i n g : 1 2 0 V . , 6 0 H z . , L e s s t h a n 7 . 0 A m p s DA N G E R ! R i s k o f E l e c t r i c S h o c k . D i s c o n n e c t p o w e r b e f o r e s e r v i c i n g u n i t . Mi n i m u m I n l e t P r e s s u r e ( i n c h e s W . C . ) Ma x i m u m I n l e t P r e s s u r e ( i n c h e s W . C . ) Ma n i f o l d P r e s s u r e o n “ H I ” ( i n c h e s W . C . ) PR O P A N E 11 ” 13 ” 10 ” N.G . 5.5 ” 7” 3.5 ” Th i s a p p l i a n c e i s e q u i p p e d f o r u s e o n l y a t a l t i t u d e s 0 - 2 , 0 0 0 f e e t ( 0 - 6 1 0 m ) i n t h e U S A . I n C a n a d a , 0 - 4 , 5 0 0 f e e t ( 0 - 1 3 7 0 m ) . Fo r a l t i t u d e s a b o v e 2 , 0 0 0 f e e t , t h e v e n t c o n f i g u r a t i o n , o r i f i c e , o r c o m b i n a t i o n o f b o t h m a y n e e d t o b e c h a n g e d . Se e o w n e r ’ s m a n u a l f o r i n f o r m a t i o n o n m a k i n g t h e s e c h a n g e s . In p u t R a t e o n “ H I ” ( B T U / H r ) Or i f i c e S i z e s - ( D M S ) PR O P A N E #5 6 N.G . #4 9 20 2 0 20 2 1 20 1 9 Fe b . Ma r . Ja n . Ma y Ju n . Ap r . Au g . Se p . Ju l . No v . De c . Oc t . MA N U F A C T U R E D A T E : WA R N I N G : F a i l u r e t o i n s t a l l t h i s a p p l i a n c e p e r t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ’ s i n s t r u c t i o n s o r f a i l u r e t o u s e o n l y p a r t s sp e c i f i c a l l y a p p r o v e d w i t h t h i s a p p l i a n c e m a y r e s u l t i n p r o p e r t y d a m a g e o r p e r s o n a l i n j u r y . 12 5 2 1 H a r b o u r R e a c h D r i v e Mu k i l t e o , W A 9 8 2 7 5 Ma n u f a c t u r e d b y : ww w . t r a v i s p r o d u c t s . c o m CA U T I O N : Do n o t o p e r a t e t h i s a p p l i a n c e w i t h g l a s s r e m o v e d , c r a c k e d o r b r o k e n . R e p l a c e m e n t o f t h e p a n e l ( s ) s h o u l d b e d o n e by a l i c e n s e d o r q u a l i f i e d s e r v i c e p e r s o n . 11 0 3 Table of Contents 3 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Overview ............................................................................. 2 Listing Details ...................................................................... 2 Installation Options ............................................................. 7 BTU Specifications .............................................................. 7 Decimal Conversions .......................................................... 7 Dimensions – Single Sided or See Through Configurations 8 Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications ......................... 8 Dimensions – Pier Configuration ........................................ 9 Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications ......................... 9 Dimensions – Island Configuration ..................................... 10 Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications ......................... 10 Dimensions – Full Bay Configuration .................................. 11 Dimensions – Right Side Configuration .............................. 12 Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications ......................... 12 Dimensions – Left Side Configuration ................................. 13 Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications ......................... 13 Packing List ......................................................................... 14 Recommended Installation Procedure ................................ 15 Recommended Specialty Tools .......................................... 15 Massachusetts Requirements ............................................. 16 Requirements for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts 16 MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS ............................ 16 Alignment Track Installation ................................................ 17 Secure the Fireplace to the Alignment Track ...................... 18 Fireplace Placement Requirements .................................... 18 Clearances ...................................................................... 18 Raised Fireplaces ........................................................... 18 Typical Framing Dims. – One Sided Configuration ............. 19 Minimum Framing Dimensions ....................................... 19 Typical Framing Dims. – See Through Configuration ......... 20 Minimum Framing Dimensions ....................................... 20 Typical Framing Dims. – Pier Configuration ....................... 21 Minimum Framing Dimensions ....................................... 21 Typical Framing Dims. – Island Configuration .................... 22 Minimum Framing Dimensions ....................................... 22 Typical Framing Dims. – Full Bay Configuration ................. 23 Minimum Framing Dimensions ....................................... 23 Typical Framing Dims – Right-Sided Corner ...................... 24 Minimum Framing Dimensions ....................................... 24 Typical Framing Dims – Left-Sided Corner ......................... 25 Minimum Framing Dimensions ....................................... 25 Nailing Brackets .................................................................. 26 Accessing Internal Components ......................................... 27 Internal Shut Off Valve Access ....................................... 27 Burner Removal .............................................................. 28 Gas Line Requirements ...................................................... 30 Fuel ................................................................................. 30 Gas Line Connection ...................................................... 30 Gas Inlet Pressure .......................................................... 30 Directions for Connecting a Gas Pressure Test Gauge .. 30 Gas Inlet Location ........................................................... 31 Electrical Overview ............................................................. 32 Electrical Junction Box ........................................................ 33 Junction Box Configuration – Steel Side (Single, Double- Sided, Pier, etc.) ............................................................. 33 Junction Box Configuration – Glass Side (Island, Full Bay, etc.) ................................................................................. 33 Junction Box Configuration – Glass Side Through-Base Configuration ................................................................... 34 Electrical Input Connection ................................................. 35 Connecting the Power Vent Lead to the Fireplace ............. 36 Optional Heat Exchanger Wiring ......................................... 37 Connecting the Intake Damper Harness to the Fireplace ... 38 Wiring the Intake Damper ................................................... 39 Connecting the Exhaust Damper Harness to the Fireplace 40 Wiring the Power Vent ........................................................ 41 Wiring the Power Vent (continued) ...................................... 42 Connecting the CAT5 Harness to the Fireplace .................. 4 3 Installing the TouchSmart Controller ................................... 44 TouchSmart Mounting Box .................................................. 45 Air Intake Requirements ...................................................... 47 Air Intake Ducts ............................................................... 47 Intake Dampers ............................................................... 48 Air intakes in Warm Environments .................................. 48 Air Intake Duct Quantity and Location ................................. 49 Single Sided / See Through / Side / Pier ......................... 49 Bay / Island ...................................................................... 49 Air intake Installation – Hood Versions (includes external dampers) ............................................................................. 50 Part Numbers .................................................................. 50 Installation Diagram (intake with damper) ....................... 50 Installation ....................................................................... 50 Air Intake Dampers (for Hori. or Vert. Termination) ............. 51 Louvered Termination (used for intake(s) or exhaust vent) . 52 Dimensions ...................................................................... 52 Painting the Louvered Termination and Flange(s) .......... 52 Installation Considerations .............................................. 52 Louvered Termination Adapter Plates ............................. 53 Attaching the Adapter to the Louvered Termination ........ 53 Louvered Termination Clearances .................................. 53 Slim Vent Termination (Inlet and Exhaust) (98900067 - 90° or 98900068 - 45°) ................................................................... 54 Vent Requirements .............................................................. 56 Vent Clearances .............................................................. 56 Altitude Considerations.................................................... 56 Approved Vent ................................................................. 56 Vent Installation ............................................................... 56 Approved Vent Configurations ............................................. 57 Rheostat Adjustment ....................................................... 58 Restrictor Adjustment ...................................................... 58 Termination Requirements .............................................. 59 Louvered Terminations Requirements ................................ 59 Exterior Power Vent Dimensions – Low Volume (RS12) 94400903 ......................................................................... 60 Exterior Power Vent Dimensions – High Volume (RS16) 94400904 ......................................................................... 61 Framing - Exterior Power Vent (94400903 & 94400904 only) ......................................................................................... 62 Mounting - Exterior Power Vent (94400903 & 94400904 only) ................................................................................. 63 Interior Power Vent – Dimensions and Mounting ................ 64 Interior Power Vent Dimensions – (Lo 160) 94400905 ... 64 Interior Power Vent Dimensions – Inline Version (Hi 180) 94400906 ......................................................................... 64 Interior Power Vent - Typical Installation Arrangements . 64 Interior Power Vent - Minimum Vent Pre and Post Blower 65 Interior Power Vent – Mounting ....................................... 65 Interior Power Vent Enclosure ......................................... 66 Interior Power Vent - Attaching Vent to the Blower Assembly ......................................................................................... 66 Interior Power Vent - Components .................................. 66 Interior Power Vent - Termination ................................... 66 Hearth Requirements .......................................................... 67 Facing Requirements .......................................................... 67 Do Not Drill or Screw Zone .............................................. 68 Mantel Requirements .......................................................... 68 Fireback Installation ............................................................. 69 Fireback Quantity Needed – Category 1 Fireplaces ....... 69 Fireback Installation Order .............................................. 69 Identifying the Firebacks.................................................. 70 Installing the 12” Firebacks.............................................. 71 Installing the Bay Firebacks............................................. 71 4 Introduction © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Installing the Divider and End Firebacks ......................... 72 Glass Pane Installation and Removal ................................. 73 Suction Cups ................................................................... 73 When to Install the Glass Panes ..................................... 73 DaVinci - Overview of Glass Panes – Category 1 Fireplaces ........................................................................................ 73 Attaching the Suction Cups to the Glass Panes ............. 74 Installing the Glass Panes Into the Fireplace.................. 75 Steps for Finalizing the Installation ..................................... 76 Air Shutter Adjustment .................................................... 76 Crushed Glass Installation .................................................. 77 Placing Crushed Glass on the Burner and Center Media Trays ............................................................................... 77 Placing Crushed Glass in the Intake Channel (Between Panes of Glass) - OPTIONAL ......................................... 78 Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 79 Before You Begin ................................................................ 80 Starting the Heater for the First Time ............................. 80 Location of Controls ............................................................ 81 LED Intensity Slider ........................................................ 81 LED Color Slider ............................................................. 81 Overhead Light (fireplaces with overhead lights) ............ 81 LED On / Off (fireplaces without overhead lights) ........... 81 Flame On/Off .................................................................. 81 Sleep Timer Slider (fireplaces without heat exchangers only) ........................................................................................ 81 Heat Exchanger Blower Slider (fireplaces with optional heat exchanger only) .............................................................. 81 Yearly Service Procedure ................................................... 82 Glass Cleaning .................................................................... 82 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Replacement Parts ............................................................. 83 CONDITIONS & EXCLUSIONS ......................................... 84 IF WARRANTY SERVICE IS NEEDED: ............................ 84 Safety Precautions 5 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Safety Warnings: x Failure to follow all of the requirements may result in property damage, bodily injury, or even death. Young children should be carefully supervised when they are in the same room as the appliance. Toddlers, young children and others may be susceptible to accidental contact burns. A physical barrier is recommended if there are at-risk individuals in the house. To restrict access to a fireplace or stove, install an adjustable safety gate to keep toddlers, young children and other at-risk individuals out of the room and away from hot surfaces. Children and adults should be alerted to the hazards of high surface temperature and should stay away to avoid burns or clothing ignition. Do not touch the hot surfaces of the heater. Educate all children of the danger of a high-temperature heater. Due to the high temperature, the heater should be located out of traffic and away from furniture and draperies. x This unit must be installed by a qualified installer to prevent the possibility of an explosion. x This appliance must be installed in accordance with all local codes, if any; if not, in U.S.A. follow ANSI Z223.1 and NFPA 54(88), in Canada follow CSA B149.1. x A manufactured home (USA only) or mobile home OEM installation must conform with the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standard, Title 24 CFR, Part 3280, or, when such a standard is not applicable, the Standard for Manufactured Home Installations, ANSI/NCSBCS A225.1, or Standard for Gas Equipped Recreational Vehicles and Mobile Housing, CSA Z240.4. This appliance may be installed in Manufactured Housing only after the home is site located. x All exhaust gases must be vented outside the structure of the living-area. Combustion air is drawn from outside the living-area structure. The venting must not be connected to a chimney flue serving a separate solid-fuel burning appliance. x Notify your insurance company before hooking up this fireplace. x The instructions in this manual must be strictly adhered to. Do not use makeshift methods or compromise in the installation. Improper installation will void the warranty and safety listing. x This heater is approved for use with natural gas (NG) or propane (LP). Burning the incorrect fuel will void the warranty and safety listing and may cause an extreme safety hazard. Direct questions about the type of fuel used to your dealer. x Contact your local building officials to obtain a permit and information on any installation restrictions or inspection requirements in your area. x If the flame becomes sooty, dark orange in color, or extremely tall, do not operate the heater. Call your dealer and arrange for proper servicing. x It is imperative that control compartments, screens, or circulating air passageways of the heater be kept clean and free of obstructions. These areas provide the air necessary for safe operation. x Do not operate the heater if it is not operating properly in any fashion or if you are uncertain. Call your dealer for a full explanation of your heater and what to expect. x Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable liquids in the vicinity of this heater. x Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been under water. 6 Safety Precautions © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Safety Warnings (continued) x Light the heater using the built-in igniter. Do not use matches or any other external device to light your heater. x Never remove, replace, modify or substitute any part of the heater unless instructions are given in this manual. All other work must be done by a trained technician. Don't modify or replace orifices. x The viewing glass should be opened only for conducting service. x Allow the heater to cool before carrying out any maintenance or cleaning. x Operate the heater according to the instructions included in this manual. x If the main burners do not start correctly turn the gas off and call your dealer for service. x This unit is not for use with solid fuel. x Do not place anything inside the firebox (except the optional artwork). x Warning: Do not operate appliance with the glass front removed, cracked or broken. Replacement of the glass should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. x Do not throw this manual away. This manual has important operating and maintenance instructions that you will need at a later time. Always follow the instructions in this manual. x Instruct everyone in the house how to shut gas off to the appliance and at the gas main shutoff valve. The gas main shutoff valve is usually next to the gas meter or propane tank and requires a wrench to shut off. x Clothing or other flammable material should not be placed on or near the appliance. x Any safety screen, guard, or barrier removed for servicing an appliance must be replaced prior to operating the appliance. x Installation and repair should be done by a qualified service person. The appliance should be inspected before use and at least annually by a professional service person. More frequent cleaning might be required due to excessive lint from carpeting, bedding material, et cetera. It is imperative that control compartments, burners, and circulating air passageways of the appliance be kept clean. x Travis Industries, Inc. grants no warranty, implied or stated, for the installation or maintenance of your heater, and assumes no responsibility of any consequential damage(s). Proposition 65 Warning: Fuels used in gas, woodburning or oil fired appliances, and the products of combustion of such fuels, contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm. California Health & Safety Code Sec. 25249.6 Vented decorative gas appliance: not a source of heat; not for use with solid fuel. Features and Specifications 7 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Installation Options x Residential or Commercial Installations x Raised or Floor Placement x Internal or External Chase x Horizontal or Vertical Vent x Bedroom Approved Important Notes Regarding Installation Approvals We strongly suggest consulting with the local building official on all aspects of this fireplace (including the intake and exhaust configuration) prior to installation. Each locality and installation type (residential, commercial, etc…) may have specific installation requirements that are not covered in this manual (e.g. Int. Fuel Gas Code, section 503, etc.). BTU Specifications DaVinci Natural Gas Propane 2’ Burner - BTU Input Per Hour 29,000 29,000 3’ Burner - BTU Input Per Hour 43,500 43,500 4’ Burner - BTU Input Per Hour 58,000 58,000 5’ Burner - BTU Input Per Hour 72,500 72,500 Decimal Conversions 0.125” 1/8” 0.25” 1/4" 0.375” 3/8” 0.5” 1/2" 0.625” 5/8” 0.75” 3/4" 0.875” 7/8” 8 Features and Specifications © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Dimensions – Single Sided or See Through Configurations (a) Air intake – See table below for quantity - Location determined by fireplace length (see “Air Intake Duct Location” on page 49). (b) Vent Collar – Uses 10” or 8” Diameter B-Vent (determined by power vent type). Centered on fireplace. (c) Gas Control Valve – Located to the front of the master module (front of fireplace is determined by gas control valve location). (d) Electrical Junction Box – On both sides (location determined at time of order – can be relocated), includes 120v input, exhaust vent power/harness, on-off LED harness. (e) Gas Inlet – Location is determined at time of order (can be relocated) (f) Vent Collar Distance to Front/Back – Approx. 4-3/8” (112mm) for 10” B-Vent, 5-3/8” (137mm) for 8” B-Vent NOTE: When using a 2-sided fireplace, the front is determined by the gas control valve (it is to the front). Important Notes Regarding Framing We strongly suggest framing around the fireplace after it is in place. If you do frame before fireplace placement, add 6” to each side (12” total) to allow for fireplace assembly. Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications Version Burners Width (x) Vent Loc. (y) BTUs Intakes Min. Weight 24” 1 Sided / See Through 2 26” (661mm) 19” (483mm) 29,000 1 650 lbs. 295 Kg 36” 1 Sided / See Through 3 38” (966mm) 19” (483mm) 43,500 1 700 lbs. 312 Kg 48” 1 Sided / See Through 4 50” (1270mm) 25” (635mm) 58,000 1 750 lbs. 334 Kg 60” 1 Sided / See Through 5 62” (1575mm) 31” (788mm) 72,500 1 900 lbs. 401 Kg 19-3/4" (502mm) Front avant Rig h t droit Rear arrie'r e Lefta' g a u c h e b x y e d Version Length d a e c f 18-1/8" (461mm) 12-1/2" (318mm) 7" (178mm) to 10-3/8" (264mm) 12" (305mm)20" (508mm) 30" (762mm) 36" (915mm)48" (1220mm) 58" (1474mm) 12" Glass 42-5/8" (1083mm) 20" Glass 50-5/8" (1286mm) 30" Glass 60-5/8" (1540mm) 36" Glass 66-5/8" (1693mm) 48" Glass 78-5/8" (1998mm) 58" Glass 88-5/8" (2252mm) Features and Specifications 9 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Dimensions – Pier Configuration (a) Air intake – See table below for quantity - Location determined by fireplace length (see “Air Intake Duct Location” on page 49). (b) Vent Collar – Uses 10” or 8” Diameter B-Vent (determined by power vent type). Centered on fireplace. (c) Gas Control Valve – Located to the front of the master module (front of fireplace is determined by gas control valve location). (d) Electrical Junction Box – On both sides (location determined at time of order – can be relocated), includes 120v input, exhaust vent power/harness, on-off LED harness. (e) Gas Inlet – Location is determined at time of order (can be relocated) (f) Vent Collar Distance to Front/Back – Approx. 4-3/8” (112mm) for 10” B-Vent, 5-3/8” (137mm) for 8” B-Vent NOTE: The front is determined by the gas control valve (it is to the front). Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications Version Burners Width (x) Vent Loc. (y) BTUs Intakes Min. Weight 30” Pier 2 31” (788mm) 25” (635mm) 29,000 1 650 lbs. 295 Kg 42” Pier 3 43” (1093mm) 24” (610mm) 43,500 1 700 lbs. 312 Kg 54” Pier 4 55” (1397mm) 30” (762mm) 58,000 1 750 lbs. 334 Kg 66” Pier 5 67” (1702mm) 36” (915mm) 72,500 1 900 lbs. 401 Kg 19-3/4" (502mm) Front avant Righ t droi t Rear arrie're Lefta' g a u c h e b x y Version Length c d a f 18-1/8" (461mm) e 12-1/2" (18mm) 13" (331mm) to 16-3/8" (416mm)12" (305mm) 20" (508mm)30" (762mm) 36" (915mm)48" (1220mm) 58" (1474mm) 12" Glass 42-5/8" (1083mm) 20" Glass 50-5/8" (1286mm) 30" Glass 60-5/8" (1540mm) 36" Glass 66-5/8" (1693mm) 48" Glass 78-5/8" (1998mm) 58" Glass 88-5/8" (2252mm) 10 Features and Specifications © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Dimensions – Island Configuration (a) Air intake – See table below for quantity - Location determined by fireplace length (see “Air Intake Duct Location” on page 49). (b) Vent Collar – Uses 10” or 8” Diameter B-Vent (determined by power vent type). Centered on fireplace. (c) Gas Control Valve – Located to the front of the master module (front of fireplace is determined by gas control valve location). (d) Electrical Junction Box – On both sides (location determined at time of order – can be relocated), includes 120v input, exhaust vent power/harness, on-off LED harness. (e) Gas Inlet – Location is determined at time of order (can be relocated) (f) Vent Collar Distance to Front/Back – Approx. 4-3/8” (112mm) for 10” B-Vent, 5-3/8” (137mm) for 8” B-Vent NOTE: When using an island fireplace, the harnesses will need to be long (typically 50’ to 150’) NOTE: The front is determined by the gas control valve (it is to the front). Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications Version Burners Width (x) Vent Loc. (y) BTUs Intakes Min. Weight 36” Island 2 36-1/8” (918mm) 25” (635mm) 29,000 1 650 lbs. 295 Kg 48” Island 3 48-1/8” (1223mm) 24” (610mm) 43,500 1 700 lbs. 312 Kg 60” Island 4 60-1/8” (1528mm) 30” (762mm) 58,000 1 750 lbs. 334 Kg 72” Island 5 72-1/8” (1832mm) 36” (915mm) 72,500 1 900 lbs. 401 Kg 19-3/4" (502mm) Front avant Rig h t droit Rear arrie're Lefta' g a u c h e b x y d d c Version Length a f 18-1/8" (461mm) e e 12-1/2" (318mm) 13" (331mm) to 16-3/8" (416mm)12" (305mm)20" (508mm)30" (762mm)36" (915mm) 48" (1220mm) 58" (1474mm) 12" Glass 42-5/8" (1083mm) 20" Glass 50-5/8" (1286mm) 30" Glass 60-5/8" (1540mm) 36" Glass 66-5/8" (1693mm) 48" Glass 78-5/8" (1998mm) 58" Glass 88-5/8" (2252mm) Features and Specifications 11 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Dimensions – Full Bay Configuration (a) Air intake – See table below for quantity - Location determined by fireplace length (see “Air Intake Duct Location” on page 49). (b) Vent Collar – Uses 10” or 8” Diameter B-Vent (determined by power vent type). Centered on fireplace. (c) Gas Control Valve – Located to the front of the master module (front of fireplace is determined by gas control valve location). (d) Electrical Junction Box – On both sides (location determined at time of order – can be relocated), includes 120v input, exhaust vent power/harness, on-off LED harness. (e) Gas Inlet – Location is determined at time of order (can be relocated) (f) Vent Collar Distance to Front/Back – Approx. 4-3/8” (112mm) for 10” B-Vent, 5-3/8” (137mm) for 8” B-Vent Version Burners Width (x) Vent Loc. (y) BTUs Intakes Min. Weight 36” Full Bay 2 36-1/8” (918mm) 25” (635mm) 29,000 1 650 lbs. 295 Kg 48” Full Bay 3 48-1/8” (1223mm) 24” (610mm) 43,500 1 700 lbs. 312 Kg 60” Full Bay 4 60-1/8” (1528mm) 30” (762mm) 58,000 1 750 lbs. 334 Kg 72” Full Bay 5 72-1/8” (1832mm) 36” (915mm) 72,500 1 900 lbs. 401 Kg 19-3/4" (502mm) Front avant Rig h t droit Rear arrie're Lefta' g a u c h e b 5.75" (147mm) x y d d Version Length a f 18-1/8" (461mm) ce e 12-1/2" (318m m) 13" (331mm) to 16-3/8" (416mm)12" (305mm)20" (508mm)30" (762mm)36" (915mm)48" (1220mm)58" (1474mm) 12" Glass 42-5/8" (1083mm) 20" Glass50-5/8" (1286mm) 30" Glass60-5/8" (1540mm) 36" Glass66-5/8" (1693mm) 48" Glass78-5/8" (1998mm) 58" Glass88-5/8" (2252mm) 12 Features and Specifications © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Dimensions – Right Side Configuration (a) Air intake – See table below for quantity - Location determined by fireplace length (see “Air Intake Duct Location” on page 49). (b) Vent Collar – Uses 10” or 8” Diameter B-Vent (determined by power vent type). Centered on fireplace. (c) Gas Control Valve – Located to the front of the master module (front of fireplace is determined by gas control valve location). (d) Electrical Junction Box – On both sides (location determined at time of order – can be relocated), includes 120v input, exhaust vent power/harness, on-off LED harness. (e) Gas Inlet – Location is determined at time of order (can be relocated) (f) Vent Collar Distance to Front/Back – Approx. 4-3/8” (112mm) for 10” B-Vent, 5-3/8” (137mm) for 8” B-Vent Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications Version Burners Width (x) Vent Loc. (y) BTUs Intakes Min. Weight 30” Right Side 2 31” (788mm) 25” (635mm) 29,000 1 650 lbs. 295 Kg 42” Right Side 3 43” (1093mm) 24” (610mm) 43,500 1 700 lbs. 312 Kg 54” Right Side 4 55” (1397mm) 30” (762mm) 58,000 1 750 lbs. 334 Kg 66” Right Side 5 67” (1702mm) 36” (915mm) 72,500 1 900 lbs. 401 Kg 19-3/4" (502mm) Front avant Rig h t droit Rear arrie're Lefta' g a u c h e b 5-3/4" (147mm) x y Version Length d c d a f 18-1/8" (461mm) e e 12-1/2" (318mm) 13" (331mm) to 16-3/8" (416mm) 12" (305mm) 20" (508mm)30" (762mm) 36" (915mm)48" (1220mm) 58" (1474mm) 12" Glass 42-5/8" (1083mm) 20" Glass 50-5/8" (1286mm) 30" Glass 60-5/8" (1540mm) 36" Glass 66-5/8" (1693mm) 48" Glass 78-5/8" (1998mm) 58" Glass 88-5/8" (2252mm) Features and Specifications 13 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Dimensions – Left Side Configuration (a) Air intake – See table below for quantity - Location determined by fireplace length (see “Air Intake Duct Location” on page 49). (b) Vent Collar – Uses 10” or 8” Diameter B-Vent (determined by power vent type). Centered on fireplace. (c) Gas Control Valve – Located to the front of the master module (front of fireplace is determined by gas control valve location). (d) Electrical Junction Box – On both sides (location determined at time of order – can be relocated), includes 120v input, exhaust vent power/harness, on-off LED harness. (e) Gas Inlet – Location is determined at time of order (can be relocated) (f) Vent Collar Distance to Front/Back – Approx. 4.-3/8” (112mm) for 10” B-Vent, 5-3/8” (137mm) for 8” B-Vent Horizontal Dimensions & Specifications Version Burners Width (x) Vent Loc. (y) BTUs Intakes Min. Weight 30” Left Side 2 31” (788mm) 25” (635mm) 29,000 1 650 lbs. 295 Kg 42” Left Side 3 43” (1093mm) 24” (610mm) 43,500 1 700 lbs. 312 Kg 54” Left Side 4 55” (1397mm) 30” (762mm) 58,000 1 750 lbs. 334 Kg 66” Left Side 5 67” (1702mm) 36” (915mm) 72,500 1 900 lbs. 401 Kg 19-3/4" (502mm) Fro n t ava n t Right droit Rea r arri e ' r e Left a' gau c h e b 5-3/4" (147mm) x y Version Length d c d a f 18-1/8" (461mm) e e 12-1/2" (318mm) 13" (331mm) to 16-3/8" (416mm) 12" (305mm)20" (508mm) 30" (762mm)36" (915mm) 48" (1220mm)58" (1474mm) 12" Glass 42-5/8" (1083mm) 20" Glass 50-5/8" (1286mm) 30" Glass 60-5/8" (1540mm) 36" Glass 66-5/8" (1693mm) 48" Glass 78-5/8" (1998mm) 58" Glass 88-5/8" (2252mm) 14 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Packing List Included Hardware (for Set & Vent) ITEM Qty Location Notes Manual 1 You’re looking at it baby! CAT5 cable 1 Hardware Box 25ft, 50ft or 100ft Length TouchSmart Mounting Plate 1 Hardware Box Mounting Plate Box – New Construction 1 Hardware Box Mounting Plate Backplate - Retrofit 1 Hardware Box TouchSmart controller 1 Hardware Box TouchSmart Hardware pk. 1 Hardware Box - (6) Lock Ties (for wiring) - (3) Round magnets w/ felt pads - (2) #8 Self-Drilling Screws - (2) 8-32 x 1-1/2” Screws (for Mtg Plate) Exhaust Blower Assembly (B) 1 On its own pallet Low Volume 94400903 (B) High Volume 94400904 (B) Additional Equipment Required (for Set & Vent) ITEM REQUIRED WHERE SHIPPED SKU Suction Cups For Glass Yes Ordered separately 94400914 (includes 2 suction cups) Fireback Liners (see “Firebacks” on page 69 for qty.) Yes In its own box Gloss Black Enamel Silver Painted Matte Black Painted Exhaust Damper Wiring Harness Yes Hardware Box 50 Foot 94700887 150 Foot 94700888 250 Foot 94700889 10” B-Vent Yes In its own box(s) 36” Section 98900060 18” Section 98900061 90° Elbow 98900062 45° Elbow 98900063 12” Adjustable Section 98900064 Wall Strap 98900065 Fire Stop 98900066 Recommended Intake Damper(s) (A) Hardware Box Hori w Term 6” (98900093) Hori w Term 8” (98900094) Inline Dmpr 6” (98900078) Inline Dmpr 8” (98900079) Air Intakes (6” or 8” Dia.) (A) Intake Wiring Harness (A) Hardware Box 25’ Length (Black and White Wire) (A) Category 1 Fireplaces have 1 intake. Category 2 Fireplaces have up to 3 intakes. Refer to the configuration of your appliance to determine the number of intakes required. (B) Category 1 Fireplaces use the smaller exhaust blower. Category 2 Fireplaces use the larger exhaust blower. Finalization Hardware (install after fireplace is in place – you may hold at dealership) ITEM Location Notes Crushed Glass Hardware Box Center Channel uses 1.5 Lbs. (cups) per foot Outer Channel uses 1 Lbs. (cups) per foot Glass Panes In its own Crate/Pallet Pallet is strapped to fireplace Installation (for qualified installers only) 15 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Recommended Installation Procedure Important Notes Regarding Framing We strongly suggest framing around the fireplace after it is in place. Because this fireplace can be very large, and difficult to position, you will need to make accommodations with the framing to allow for placement. For one-sided, see-through, bay, or side configurations,you may wish to leave one or both sides of the framing open to allow for fireplace placement and hookup. If framing the opening prior to fireplace placement, you will also wish to make the framing 6” (150mm) wider on each framed side (12” / 300mm wider for singled sided/see through configurations). This allows for fireplace access and will be covered with drywall (or other material) after the fireplace is assembled. The header above the fireplace is best installed after the fireplace is in position and the vent attached. The fireplace must be lifted onto the alignment track, so additional space above the fireplace is requried for lifting and placement. 1. Prepare the installation location. If placing the fireplace on a platform, build the platform, making sure to accommodate the weight of the fireplace and venting. Verify the platform is level and plumb. 2. Install the alignment track (if used - see page 17). NOTE: The alignment track is optional. We recommend using the track because it helps solidify the base of the fireplace and it allows the fireplace to be anchored at the base. 3. Place the fireplace eon the alignment track and verify it is level and aligned correctly. 4. Install the periphery components: a) Install the vent (and power vent blower assembly). b) Install the air intake(s). c) Install the gas line. d) Install the electrical line and TouchSmart controller. 5. Test operation of the fireplace before attaching facing or drywall (this can be done with no crushed glass and the outer glass pane(s) removed). This allows the installer to verify all connections and diagnose issues with the fireplace exterior accessible. a) Adjust the air shutters (if needed) b) Adjust the exhaust blower (if needed) c) Shut the fireplace off. Install the outer the glass pane(s). d) Re-start the fireplace and test glass pane temperature (allow fireplace to burn 2 hours) 6. Frame the area around the fireplace. 7. Install the drywall and/or facing. 8. Install the hearth (if applicable). Install the mantel (if applicable). 9. Finalize the installation (see page 76). Recommended Specialty Tools x Suction Cups (94400914) x Large Level (or Laser Level) 16 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Massachusetts Requirements NOTE: The following requirements reference various Massachusetts and national codes not contained in this document. Requirements for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts For all side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment installed in every dwelling, building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes, including those owned or operated by the Commonwealth and where the side wall exhaust vent termination is less than seven (7) feet above finished grade in the area of the venting, including but not limited to decks and porches, the following requirements shall be satisfied: Installation of Carbon Monoxide Detectors At the time of installation of the side wall horizontal vented gas fueled equipment, the installing plumber or gasfitter shall observe that a hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm and battery back-up is installed on the floor level where the gas equipment is to be installed. In addition, the installing plumber or gasfitter shall observe that a battery operated or hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm is installed on each additional level of the dwelling, building or structure served by the side wall horizontal vented gas fueled equipment. It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to secure the services of qualified licensed professionals for the installation of hard wired carbon monoxide detectors. In the event that the side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment is installed in a crawl space or an attic, the hard wired carbon monoxide detector with alarm and battery back-up may be installed on the next adjacent floor level. In the event that the requirements of this subdivision cannot be met at the time of completion of installation, the owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days to comply with the above requirements; provided, however, that during said thirty (30) day period, a battery operated carbon monoxide detector with an alarm shall be installed. Approved Carbon Monoxide Detectors Each carbon monoxide detector as required in accordance with the above provisions shall comply with NFPA 720 and be ANSI/UL 2034 listed and IAS certified. Signage A metal or plastic identification plate shall be permanently mounted to the exterior of the building at a minimum height of eight (8) feet above grade directly in line with the exhaust vent terminal for the horizontally vented gas fueled heating appliance or equipment. The sign shall read, in print size no less than one-half (1/2) inch in size, “GAS VENT DIRECTLY BELOW. KEEP CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS”. Inspection The state or local gas inspector of the side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment shall not approve the installation unless, upon inspection, the inspector observes carbon monoxide detectors and signage installed in accordance with the provisions of 248 CMR 5.08(2)(a)1 through 4. Exemptions The following equipment is exempt from 248 CMR 5.08(2)(a)1 through 4: • The equipment listed in Chapter 10 entitled “Equipment Not Required To Be Vented” in the most current edition of NFPA 54 as adopted by the Board; and • Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment installed in a room or structure separate from the dwelling, building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes. MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS Gas Equipment Venting System Provided When the manufacturer of Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas equipment provides a venting system design or venting system components with the equipment, the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installation of the equipment and the venting system shall include: • Detailed instructions for the installation of the venting system design or the venting system components; and • A complete parts list for the venting system design or venting system. Gas Equipment Venting System NOT Provided When the manufacturer of a Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment does not provide the parts for venting the flue gases, but identifies “special venting systems”, the following requirements shall be satisfied by the manufacturer: • The referenced “special venting system” instructions shall be included with the appliance or equipment installation instructions; and • The “special venting systems” shall be Product Approved by the Board, and the instructions for that system shall include a parts list and detailed installation instructions. A copy of all installation instructions for all Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment, all venting instructions, all parts lists for venting instructions, and/or all venting design instructions shall remain with the appliance or equipment at the completion of the installation. See Gas Connection section for additional Commonwealth of Massachusetts requirements. Installation (for qualified installers only) 17 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Alignment Track Installation The alignment track is optional. We recommend using the track because it helps solidify the base of the fireplace and it allows the fireplace to be anchored at the base. The alignment track is secured to the platform (or sub-floor). The freplace is then placed on top of it. Before attaching the alignment track, make sure the platform (or sub-floor) is level and capable of supporting the fireplace and vent. Use minimum ¾” plywood for the platform. Fireplaces Up to 5 Burners These fireplaces use a 1-piece alignment track ( skip steps “a” and “b” below). Secure the track to the platform (see “c” below). Make sure to align the track to the platform and framing (the front edge of the track is 3-3/8” (86mm) from the front edge of the fireplace and platform). 6 Burner Fireplaces For 6-burner fireplaces, assemble the alignment track using the included #8 screws (see “a” and “b” below). Once assembled, it may be secured to the platform (see “c” below). Make sure to align the track to the platform and framing (the front edge of the track is 3-3/8” (86mm) from the front edge of the fireplace and platform). Verify the Alignment Track is Level Before Proceeding Use a level to verify the alignment track is level (check several spots across the entire length). Use shims (or washers/spacers) under the track, if necessary, to make sure the track is level. a b 3-3/8" 86mm c 3-3/8" 86mm 3-3/8" 86mm 18 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Secure the Fireplace to the Alignment Track The alignment track as hoirzontal holes that allow for the fireplace to be secured to the track. Make sure the fireplace is correctly positioneed left to right, then use #8 zip screws to secure the fireplace to the track. Fireplace Placement Requirements x This appliance may be installed into a residential or commercial/public space. x Fireplace must be installed on a level surface capable of supporting the fireplace and vent x Fireplace must be placed directly on wood or non-combustible surface (not on linoleum or carpet) x Fireplace should be located out of traffic and away from furniture and draperies. x Fireplace may be placed in a bedroom. Clearances (a) Clearance to Sides of Fireplace: 0”. (b) Clearance to Back of Fireplace: 0”. (c) Clearance to Front of Fireplace: 0”. NOTE: do not cover the glass opening with any material. NOTE: Side walls may be placed directly to the side of the fireplace. (d) Clearance to Top of Fireplace: 0” (e) Clearance to Bottom of Fireplace: 0” (may be placed directly on subfloor). (f) Clearance to Vent 1” (25mm) Raised Fireplaces x The fireplace (and hearth, if desired) may be placed on a platform designed to support the fireplace and vent. x The base of the platform must be a minimum ¾” plywood (or equivalent). This provides the necessary support for the fireplace runners. HINT: We typically have displayed this fireplace on a 24” to 36” raised platform. Keep in mind that the firebox opening (base of the flames) is 12” above the base. Desired position may vary depending upon room size, typical viewing angle, and aesthetic intent. b a c Top of Fireplace Side of Fireplace e f d Installation (for qualified installers only) 19 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Typical Framing Dims. – One Sided Configuration Important Notes Regarding Framing We strongly suggest framing around the fireplace after it is in place. If you do frame before fireplace placement, add 6” to each side to allow for fireplace access. Minimum Framing Dimensions Version Width (x) Height (y) 12” Glass Height (y) 20” Glass Height (y) 30” Glass Height (y) 36” Glass Height (y) 48” Glass Height (y) 58” Glass 24” Single Sided 26-1/2” (674mm) 50-5/8” (1286mm) 58-5/8” (1490mm) 68-5/8” (1744mm) 74-5/8” (1896mm) 86-5/8” (2201mm) 96-5/8” (2455mm) 36” Single Sided 38-1/2” (978mm) 48” Single Sided 50-1/2” (1283mm) 60” Single Sided 62-1/2” (1588mm) 19-3/4" (502mm) x y 3" (77mm) Maximum for vent clearance. Do not place vertical framing directly in the center above the fireplace - it will infringe upon the vent clearance requirements. 20 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Typical Framing Dims. – See Through Configuration Important Notes Regarding Framing We strongly suggest framing around the fireplace after it is in place. If you do frame before fireplace placement, add 6” to each side to allow for fireplace access. Minimum Framing Dimensions Version Width (x) Height (y) 12” Glass Height (y) 20” Glass Height (y) 30” Glass Height (y) 36” Glass Height (y) 48” Glass Height (y) 58” Glass 24” See Through 26-1/2” (674mm) 50-5/8” (1286mm) 58-5/8” (1490mm) 68-5/8” (1744mm) 74-5/8” (1896mm) 86-5/8” (2201mm) 96-5/8” (2455mm) 36” See Through 38-1/2” (978mm) 48” See Through 50-1/2” (1283mm) 60” See Through 62-1/2” (1588mm) 19-5/8" (499mm) When using a top plate, you may need to notch it at the center to provide adequate vent clearance. 3" (77mm) Maximum for vent clearance. Do not place vertical framing directly in the center above the fireplace - it will infringe upon the vent clearance requirements. x y Installation (for qualified installers only) 21 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Typical Framing Dims. – Pier Configuration Minimum Framing Dimensions Version Width (x) Height (y) 12” Glass Height (y) 20” Glass Height (y) 30” Glass Height (y) 36” Glass Height (y) 48” Glass Height (y) 58” Glass 30” Pier 31-1/2” (801mm) 50-5/8” (1286mm) 58-5/8” (1490mm) 68-5/8” (1744mm) 74-5/8” (1896mm) 86-5/8” (2201mm) 96-5/8” (2455mm) 42” Pier 43-1/2” (1105mm) 54” Pier 55-1/2” (1410mm) 66” Pier 67-1/2” (1715mm) x y The framing above the fireplace must be self-supporting (the fireplace is not load-bearing). When using a top plate, you may need to notch it at the center to provide adequate vent clearance. 3" (77mm) Maximum for vent clearance. Do not place vertical framing directly in the center above the fireplace - it will infringe upon the vent clearance requirements. 19-5/8" (499mm) 22 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Typical Framing Dims. – Island Configuration Minimum Framing Dimensions Version Width (x) Height (y) 12” Glass Height (y) 20” Glass Height (y) 30” Glass Height (y) 36” Glass Height (y) 48” Glass Height (y) 58” Glass 36” Island 36-1/8” (918mm) 50-5/8” (1286mm) 58-5/8” (1490mm) 68-5/8” (1744mm) 74-5/8” (1896mm) 86-5/8” (2201mm) 96-5/8” (2455mm) 48” Island 48-1/8” (1223mm) 60” Island 60-1/8” (1528mm) 72” Island 72-1/8” (1832mm) 19-5/8" (499mm) x y The framing above the fireplace must be self-supporting (the fireplace is not load-bearing). When using a top plate, you may need to notch it at the center to provide adequate vent clearance. 3" (77mm) Maximum for vent clearance. Do not place vertical framing directly in the center above the fireplace - it will infringe upon the vent clearance requirements. Installation (for qualified installers only) 23 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Typical Framing Dims. – Full Bay Configuration Recessing the Back Edge of the Fireplace (Optional) Installers may wish to recess the back of the fireplace to allow for a more shallow installation, placing the side glass next to the side wall(s). If you decide to recess the back of the fireplace, make sure to accommodate the framing and facing dimensions. The back edge of the glass extends to a location 5-3/4” (147mm) from the back of the fireplace (see dimensions page for details). Framing for this type of installation may protrude forward from the back wall of the opening a maximum of 5-1/4” (134mm) when using ½” (13mm) drywall. Consult the dimensions page and plan your installation prior to framing the opening. Minimum Framing Dimensions Version Width (x) Height (y) 12” Glass Height (y) 20” Glass Height (y) 30” Glass Height (y) 36” Glass Height (y) 48” Glass Height (y) 58” Glass 36” Full Bay 36-1/8” (918) 50-5/8” (1286mm) 58-5/8” (1490mm) 68-5/8” (1744mm) 74-5/8” (1896mm) 86-5/8” (2201mm) 96-5/8” (2455mm) 48” Full Bay 48-1/8” (1223mm) 60” Full Bay 60-1/8” (1528mm) 72” Full Bay 72-1/8” (1832mm) Max. 5-1/4" (134mm) y 19-3/4" (502mm) x The framing above the fireplace must be self- supporting (the fireplace is not load-bearing). 3" (77mm) Maximum for vent clearance. Do not place vertical framing directly in the center above the fireplace - it will infringe upon the vent clearance requirements. 24 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Typical Framing Dims – Right-Sided Corner Recessing the Back Edge of the Fireplace (Optional) Installers may wish to recess the back of the fireplace to allow for a more shallow installation, placing the side glass next to the side wall(s). If you decide to recess the back of the fireplace, make sure to accommodate the framing and facing dimensions. The back edge of the glass extends to a location 5-3/4” (147mm) from the back of the fireplace (see dimensions page for details). Framing for this type of installation may protrude forward from the back wall of the opening a maximum of 5-1/4” (134mm) when using ½” (13mm) drywall. Consult the dimensions page and plan your installation prior to framing the opening. Minimum Framing Dimensions Version Width (x) Height (y) 12” Glass Height (y) 20” Glass Height (y) 30” Glass Height (y) 36” Glass Height (y) 48” Glass Height (y) 58” Glass 30” Right Corner 31-1/2” (801mm) 50-5/8” (1286mm) 58-5/8” (1490mm) 68-5/8” (1744mm) 74-5/8” (1896mm) 86-5/8” (2201mm) 96-5/8” (2455mm) 42” Right Corner 43-1/2” (1105mm) 54” Right Corner 55-1/2” (1410mm) 66” Right Corner 67-1/2” (1715mm) 19-3/4" (502mm) Max. 5-1/4" (134mm) x y 3" (77mm) Maximum for vent clearance. Do not place vertical framing directly in the center above the fireplace - it will infringe upon the vent clearance requirements. Installation (for qualified installers only) 25 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Typical Framing Dims – Left-Sided Corner Recessing the Back Edge of the Fireplace (Optional) Installers may wish to recess the back of the fireplace to allow for a more shallow installation, placing the side glass next to the side wall(s). If you decide to recess the back of the fireplace, make sure to accommodate the framing and facing dimensions. The back edge of the glass extends to a location 5-3/4” (147mm) from the back of the fireplace (see dimensions page for details). Framing for this type of installation may protrude forward from the back wall of the opening a maximum of 5-1/4” (134mm) when using ½” (13mm) drywall. Consult the dimensions page and plan your installation prior to framing the opening. Minimum Framing Dimensions Version Width (x) Height (y) 12” Glass Height (y) 20” Glass Height (y) 30” Glass Height (y) 36” Glass Height (y) 48” Glass Height (y) 58” Glass 30” Left Corner 31-1/2” (801mm) 50-5/8” (1286mm) 58-5/8” (1490mm) 68-5/8” (1744mm) 74-5/8” (1896mm) 86-5/8” (2201mm) 96-5/8” (2455mm) 42” Left Corner 43-1/2” (1105mm) 54” Left Corner 55-1/2” (1410mm) 66” Left Corner 67-1/2” (1715mm) 19-3/4" (502mm) Max. 5-1/4" (134mm) x y 3" (77mm) Maximum for vent clearance. Do not place vertical framing directly in the center above the fireplace - it will infringe upon the vent clearance requirements. 26 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Nailing Brackets Side Nailing Brackets The side nailing brackets secure the fireplace to the side framing. The number of brackets vary depending upon configuration (island configurations do not have side nailing brackets). These brackets are shipped flat against the side of the fireplace (see “a” to the right). Remove the 2 mounting screws, position the bracket and secure (“b”). After the fireplace is in place, bend the bracket back ( “c”) and secure it to the framing with screws (“d”). NOTE: Make sure the fireplace is square and plumb before securing to the framing (use shims if necessary). Vertical Nailing Brackets Some configurations include vertical nailing brackets (Corner, Bay, etc.). See the illustration to the right for details. a b c d Vertical Nailing Bracket The vertical nailing bracket is shipped facing downwards. Remove the nuts holding it in place then re-attach it in the vertical position. The bracket may then be secured to the framing above fireplace. Installation (for qualified installers only) 27 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Accessing Internal Components Most internal components can be accessed by removing the front glass pane and intake air channel media tray (see instructions below). If more extensive access is required, see “burner removal” on the following page. -- Turn off gas to the fireplace prior to accessing internal components to prevent accidental ignition. -- Shut off electricity to the fireplace to protect internal circuits. Remove the front outer glass pane (see page 73). Remove the intake air channel media tray. At this point most of the internal components may be accessed (see descriptions below). Internal Shut Off Valve Access The internal shutoff is accessed following the directions above. The valve is positioned near the gas inlet (left, right, or bottom). NOTE: The shut off valve must be closed while pressure testing the gas line leading to the fireplace. LED Controller - May be placed on its side - May be on right side LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE Burner Air Shutter Shutoff Valve - May be on left side Air Pressure Switch CENTER Rheostat Fireplace Controller Gas Control Valve Power Vent Controller 28 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Burner Removal Burner removal is only required if extensive access is needed (installing glass panes on indoor/outdoor units, extensive service, etc.). Follow the directions below to remove the burners. a) Follow the directions on the previous page for accessing internal components (remove intake air channel media tray). b) Remove the front inner glass pane (see page 73). c) Remove the screws holding the burner media trays in place (6 to 8 screws for each tray depending upon length – see photos below). d) Remove the media trays (use a flat screwdriver to pry up one edge). Make sure to notate the position of the trays when removing. The screw holes will only line up if the tray is properly replaced. 1/4" Nutdriver Installation (for qualified installers only) 29 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 e) Remove the burner lock-down bracket (it is held in place with a single screw). . f) Lift the burner up and out of the fireplace. Remove the burner supports. 30 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Gas Line Requirements MAKE SURE YOU ARE SUPPLYING AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF GAS (NG OR PROPANE) This fireplace, depending upon configuration, consumes a large amount of BTUs. Make sure your gas line is properly sized to provide an adequate supply of gas. MASSACHUSETTS INSTALLATIONS - WARNING: THIS PRODUCT MUST BE INSTALLED BY A LICENSED PLUMBER OR GAS FITTER WHEN INSTALLED WITHIN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. OTHER MASSACHUSETTS CODE REQUIREMENTS: x Flexible connector must not be longer than 36 inches. x Shutoff valve must be a “T” handle gas cock. x Only direct vent sealed combustion products are approved for bedrooms or bathrooms. x Fireplace dampers must be removed or welded in the open position prior to the installation of a fireplace insert or gas log. x A carbon monoxide (CO) detector is required in the same room as the appliance. x The gas line must be installed in accordance with all local codes, if any; if not, follow ANSI 223.1 and the requirements listed below. x The fireplace and gas control valve must be disconnected from the gas supply piping during any pressure testing of that system at test pressures in excess of 1/2 psig (3.5 kPA). For pressures under 1/2 psig (3.5 kPA), isolate the gas supply piping by closing the manual shutoff valve. x Leak test all gas line joints and the gas control valve prior to and after starting the fireplace. x The fireplace has an internal shutoff valve. An additional shutoff valve is required. It must be accessible and within 6’ of the fireplace. Fuel x This fireplace is designed either for natural gas or for propane (but not for both). Gas Line Connection x Installation must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier (In Massachusetts a licensed plumber/gasfitter). Gas Inlet Pressure Maximum Input Pressure Minimum Input Pressure Natural Gas 7" W.C. (1.74 kPA) 5.5” W.C. (1.37 kPA) Propane 13" W.C. (3.23 kPA) 11” W.C. (2.74 kPA) x If the pressure is not sufficient, make sure the piping used is large enough, the supply regulator is adequately adjusted, and the total gas load for the residence does not exceed the amount supplied. x The supply regulator (the regulator that attaches directly to the residence inlet or to the propane tank) should supply gas at the input pressure listed above. Contact the local gas supplier if the regulator is at an improper pressure. Directions for Connecting a Gas Pressure Test Gauge The gas control valve (shown to the left) has two accessible ports for testing line pressure and output pressure. Loosen the brass screw on either test port and place a 5/16” i.d. rubber or plastic tubing over the tapered test port. Connect the tubing to the test gauge. WARNING: The brass screw must be tightened after testing to prevent gas leakage. Input pressure Output pressure Installation (for qualified installers only) 31 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Gas Inlet Location Gas inlet is determined by fireplace configuration and how the fireplace was ordered. Refer to the dimensions pages for the configuration being used to determine what options are available (pages 8 through 13). When ordering the fireplace, the gas inlet is either from the side (left or right) or from the base (left or right). Gas inlet dimensions are shown below. Make sure to refer to the end style being used. Type of Fireplace Type of Ends 1-Sided Two Steel Ends See Through Two Steel Ends Pier One Steel, One Glass End Full Bay Two Glass Ends Island Two Glass Ends Gas Inlet – Steel End The gas inlet is on the side (not available from the base). Gas Inlet – Glass End The gas inlet is on the side or the base. NOTE: The gas inlet on the base is only available in one location. When looking from the side, the gas inlet from the base will always be on the left. Glass End Steel End The gas line may be repositioned to the back. 1" (25mm) 4-1/2" (115mm) Front 4" (102mm) The gas line may be repositioned to the back.1" (25mm) 3-1/8" (80mm) Front 3-5/8" (93mm) Side Inlet 2-1/2" (64mm) The gas inlet is approximately 1/8" (3mm) above the base of the fireplace. Base Inlet LEFT SIDE - Gas Inlet is 6" (153mm) from the rear edge. RIGHT SIDE - Gas Inlet is 6" (153mm) from the front edge. 32 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Electrical Overview The diagram below gives a general overview of the electrical layout for the fireplace and related components. The sections following this overview provide details for the each of the connections illustrated in this diagram. Installation (for qualified installers only) 33 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Electrical Junction Box Do not connect 110-120 VAC to the gas control valve or control system of this fireplace. x This fireplace is shipped with the electrical junction box on one side or through the base. Location of the junction box is determined at the time the fireplace is ordered and configured at the factory. x The junction box has a low voltage and high voltage (120VAC) side. ORIENTATION WARNING: Connector position varies depending upon configuration. Make sure to confirm the “POWER IN” or “POWER VENT” labels on the wiring before making connections. Junction Box Configuration – Steel Side (Single, Double-Sided, Pier, etc.) Junction Box Configuration – Glass Side (Island, Full Bay, etc.) CAT5 Connection Intake Damper Power Vent Power In Exhaust Damper Optional Heat Exchanger Connection FRON T Ground Wire Optional Heat Exchanger Connection Power Vent Power In Exhaust Damper Intake Damper CAT5 Connection Ground Wire 34 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Junction Box Configuration – Glass Side Through-Base Configuration This configuration allows the electrical connections (and gas line, if desired) to be routed from below. The illustration below shows the area that should be left open to access the junction box cover plate. NOTE: Make sure to confirm the “POWER IN” or “POWER VENT” labels on the wiring before making connections. FRONT OF FIREPLACE RIGHT SIDE THROUGH BASE CONFIGURATION 5" (127mm) 10" (254mm) 6" (154mm) 6" (154mm) 2-1/2" (64mm) Junction Box Cover Plate Gas Inlet (optional location) Leave this shaded area open Fireplace FRONT OF FIREPLACE LEFT SIDE THROUGH BASE CONFIGURATION 5" (127mm) 10" (254mm) 2-1/2" (64mm) Junction Box Cover Plate Gas Inlet (optional location) Leave this shaded area open Fireplace 6" (154mm) 6" (154mm) Installation (for qualified installers only) 35 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Electrical Input Connection Do not connect 110-120 VAC to the gas control valve or control system of this fireplace. x The electrical line to the grounded harness inside the fireplace must be installed by a qualified installer and must meet all local codes. x Make sure the household breaker is shut off prior to working on any electrical connection. Turn the breaker on only after all wiring is in place (power vent, on-off LED harness, etc.). x The appliance, when installed, must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, or the Canadian Electrical Code, CSA C22.1. x The electrical line must supply 120 Volts, 60 Hz, and 7 Amps (maximum draw). We recommend a dedicated circuit for the fireplace. x Route the electrical connection through the cover plates and attach to the electrical input wires as shown below. Make sure to connect the incoming ground wire to both ground wires (one ground wire attaches to the junction box, the other leads to the molex connector). Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. HINT: Keep the high voltage (120ac) cover plate disconnected until the power vent power lead is attached (and optional heat exchanger if applicable). Leave the romex clamps loose until the cover plate is re-attached. Optional Heat Exchanger Connection Power Vent 1/4" Nutdriver High Voltage (120vac) Cover Plate Romex Clamp Power In Ground Wire 36 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Connecting the Power Vent Lead to the Fireplace x The power vent is wired to the 120v line exiting the exhaust blower rheostat. Connect a minimum 12 gauge sheathed three-wire electrical line to the power vent lead (labeled “POWER VENT”) and connect it to the molex connector on the fireplace – see illustration below. This wire is routed to the power vent assembly (see “Wiring the Power Vent Assembly” for details). x After attaching the vent power lead, re-attach the high voltage (120ac) cover plate then tighten the romex clamps to secure the wiring. Optional Heat Exchanger Connection Power Vent 1/4" Nutdriver High Voltage (120vac) Cover Plate Romex Clamp Re-attach the high voltage (120ac) cover plate then tighten the romex clamps to secure the wiring. Power Vent Lead Installation (for qualified installers only) 37 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Optional Heat Exchanger Wiring x This fireplace may use an optional heat exchanger to supply heat (see instructions included with the heat exchanger for details). x Route the power from the heat exchanger blower to the connector on the fireplace as shown below. NOTE: The ground wire from the blower should be connected to the ground wire from the power in. Optional Heat Exchanger Connection Power Vent 1/4" Nutdriver High Voltage (120vac) Cover Plate Romex Clamp Attach the ground wire from the blower to the ground wires on the power in. 38 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Connecting the Intake Damper Harness to the Fireplace WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT THE INTAKE DAMPER WIRES TOGETHER (this will short the system). x The 25’ intake damper harness is shipped in the hardware box (see page 14 for details). If additional length is needed, use part 250-02295 (typically ordered when fireplace is configured) or 18 gauge wire. x Route the intake damper harness through the cover plate and attach to the molex connector on the fireplace as shown below. The other end is attached to the damper(s). HINT: Keep the low voltage cover plate disconnected until all wiring to the fireplace is attached. You may also wish to leave the strain reliefs/clamps loose until the cover plate is ready to be attached. Intake Damper Harness Strain Relief (remove to install wire) Use pliers to compress the strain relief when inserting or removing it from the hole. 1/4" Nutdriver Low Voltage Cover Plate Installation (for qualified installers only) 39 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Wiring the Intake Damper WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT THE INTAKE DAMPER WIRES TOGETHER (this will short the system). ROUTE THE WIRES TO THE AIR INTAKE LOCATION EVEN IF DAMPER(S) ARE NOT USED Intake dampers are strongly recommended in cold areas (see page 47). Even if dampers are not being installed, we recommend routing the intake damper wires to the intake location. This allows dampers to be installed at a later time if desired (to reduce air infiltration, humid glass, etc.). x Route the intake damper harness to the air intake location. x For external dampers (98900093, 98900094), attach the quick-connects from the intake damper harness to the quick connects on the intake damper (see photo to the right). x For internal dampers (98900078, 98900078), remove the quick-connects from the intake damper harness and attach wires directly to the terminal blocks (see photo to the right and page 51 for details). Intake Damper Wire Splitter – Used For Installations Using Multiple External Dampers The intake damper wire splitter (included with Category 2+) is used to connect multiple external dampers. This splitter attaches to the intake damper harness and allows for up to five dampers to be attached to the harness (use two splitters if additional dampers are used). The damper has extra connections that may not be used. To insulate these connections, follow the directions below. a) Attach the splitter to the intake damper harness (make sure power is off to the fireplace). b) Cut off the excess connectors (in this example the wiring is set up for 2 dampers). c) Attach the included wire nuts to the exposed wire. a b c 40 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Connecting the Exhaust Damper Harness to the Fireplace x This fireplace uses a damper near the power vent blower to prevent air from flowing through the fireplace when the fireplace is off. x The exhaust damper harness is available in various lengths (see page 14 for details). x Route the exhaust damper harness through the cover plate and attach to the molex connector on the fireplace as shown below. HINT: Keep the low voltage cover plate disconnected until all wiring to the fireplace is attached. You may also wish to leave the strain reliefs loose until the cover plate is ready to be attached. x The opposite end of the damper harness attaches to the power vent assembly (see “Wiring the Power Vent” for details). Strain Relief (remove to install wire) Use pliers to compress the strain relief when inserting or removing it from the hole. Exhaust Damper Harness Installation (for qualified installers only) 41 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Wiring the Power Vent x The power vent assembly consists of a power vent and damper. Refer to the wiring diagram on page 79 for wiring details. x Connect the power vent line (sheathed three-wire electrical line) to the capacitor and blower as shown below. Remove the cover plate on the exhaust blower housing. NOTE: the power vent termination version is shown to the right – the inline version is wired in the same manner. Route the electrical line through the romex clamp and attach the 120v wiring as detailed in the wiring diagram below. After the cover is replaced, tighten the clamp to secure the wiring (do not over-tighten). WARNING - BLOWER CAPACITOR WILL RETAIN A CHARGE Once power is supplied to the blower capacitor, it will retain a charge for approximately 5 minutes, even after power is shut off. Take care when working with this circuit, especially with the hot (black) wire and circuit board/wiring inside the fireplace. Romex Clamp Fireplace Junction Box Molex (installed in fireplace)Exhaust Blower Junction Box Black White Green White Capacitor Green Black Black Black Black White Green Red Bl o w e r Yellow/Green White Green 42 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Wiring the Power Vent (continued) x In addition to the exhaust blower line, a low-voltage wire harness is routed from the fireplace to the damper inside the power vent assembly (see page 6 for wire lengths and part numbers). Route the exhaust damper wire harness to the junction box on the power vent assembly. Remove the junction box cover plate. Remove the strain relief from the cover plate (see illustration below to the right). Route the wires through the slot on the cover plate and replace the strain relief. Attach the molex connector from the harness to the molex connector inside the power vent assembly). Exhaust Damper Molex Connector Replace the junction box cover, making sure all wiring is properly inserted. Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Test blower operation after attaching the wiring (leave gas off, turn appliance on, verify blower functions correctly). Use pliers to compress the strain relief from the top and bottom while pushing it into the hole in the bracket. Installation (for qualified installers only) 43 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Connecting the CAT5 Harness to the Fireplace Do not connect 110-120 VAC to the gas control valve or wiring system of this fireplace. x The CAT5 harness is available in various lengths (see page 14 for details). x Route the CAT5 harness through the cover plates and attach to the CAT5 connector on the fireplace as shown below. HINT: Keep the low voltage cover plate disconnected until all wiring to the fireplace is attached. You may also wish to leave the strain reliefs/clamps loose until the cover plate is re-attached. x The opposite end of the CAT5 harness attaches to the TouchSmart controller (see “Installing the TouchSmart Controller” on the following page for details). x After attaching the CAT5 harness, re-attach the low voltage cover plate, then tighten the Romex clamp to secure the wiring. Strain Relief (remove to install wire) Use pliers to compress the strain relief when inserting or removing it from the hole. CAT5 Cable 1/4" Nutdriver Intake Damper Harness 44 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Installing the TouchSmart Controller Do not connect 110-120 VAC to the gas control valve or wiring system of this fireplace. x The included junction box is used to mount the TouchSmart controller (see page 45). Mount the junction box in an accessible location to allow the user to operate the fireplace. x Route the CAT5 harness to the junction box (harness is available in various lengths – see page 14). Route the wire through the junction box and attach to the TouchSmart controller. NOTE: Install 3” to 6” of slack in the harness wires to allow for switch/controller access and removal. Keep the cable 12” (300mm) away from high voltage (120v) wiring to prevent interference. x The TouchSmart controller is held in junction box using (3) magnets. Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Verify proper operation after servicing. Secure the CAT5 cable to the mounting plate with lock tie(s). This prevents the cable from falling into the wall cavity when the cable is disconnected from the touch screen. CAT5 Cable (Available in Various Lengths) Do not route the cable near 120v wiring, or the the vent (hot surfaces). Mounting Plate Box Mounting Plate Touch Screen 12" (300mm) Keep cable 12"(300mm) away from high voltage (120v) wiring to prevent interference. NOTE: 120v Wiring Installation (for qualified installers only) 45 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 TouchSmart Mounting Box There are two options for mounting the TouchSmart box that houses the controls for the fireplace. The retrofit box option is used when the wall is already finished with drywall or the desired location is not close to a framing member. The second option (and most commonly used) is the New install box. This option is best used prior to drywall installation. The two options for the Mounting box installation are detailed below. Identify an appropriate location for the control box. The location should have a clear path for the harness to be routed from the fireplace and be within reach of the length of CAT5 cable ordered with the fireplace. NOTE: Make sure to route the CAT5 cable to the Mounting Box and secure with zip tie(s). If drywall installation or other construction is occurring after the box installation, mask the Mounting Box to prevent debris from accumulating. x Mounting Plate Hardware - TouchSmart Mounting Plate - Mounting Plate Box – New Const. - Mounting g Plate Back Plate – Retrofit x TouchSmart Hardware - (6) Lock Ties (for wiring) - (3) Round magnets with felt pads - (2) #8 Self-Drilling Screws - (2) 8-32 x 1-1/2” Screws (for Mtg Plate) Retrofit Box Installation x Determine a location between studs. x Cut a 4”W x 3-5/8”H hole in the drywall. x Attach the three magnets with felt pads to the TouchSmart Mounting Plate as seen in the picture below. x Loosely attach the Mounting Back Plate to the Touch Screen Mounting Plate using one of the included 8-32 X 1-1/2” screws (make the large hole in the on the Mounting Plate and box line up). The angled edges of the Back Plate should face forward. x Insert the Backing Plate into the hole in the drywall. Make sure that the large hole is in the upper right hand corner. x Install the second screw through the Mounting Plate into the Backing Plate. Tighten both screws until the Mounting Plate is secure against the drywall. New Install Box Installation x Bend the tabs outward on the New Install Mounting Box (use 2 or 3 tabs, depending upon mounting position). Attach the box to the framing (either from side or bottom). Make sure that the large hole is in the upper right hand corner and the tabs of the box are flush with framing. x The drywall must be installed prior to continuing to step 3 below. When installed, the drywall will require a 4”W x 3- 5/8”H square hole for the mounting box. x Attach the three magnets with felt pads to the Mounting Plate as shown below. Attach the Mounting Plate to the box with the two screws (make the large hole in the on the Mounting Plate and box line up). The Mounting Plate will fit flush against the drywall. Angled edges facing forward Magnets placed with felt forward Route CAT5 Cable Shown from the Install screws Bend the tabs out Install magnets 46 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 x Route the wire harness through the large hole in the back of the mounting plate. NOTE: We recommend that you connect the wire harness to the TouchSmart Mounting Plate using zip ties to ensure it does not fall into the wall cavity. x Attach the CAT5 wire harness port on the back of the TouchSmart controller and gently push the controller into the box. Push additional cable back through the hole in the Mounting Plate as you insert the back of the TouchSmart controller into the mounting plate. The pins on the back of the controller align it to the box. The magnets hold it in place. NOTE: Do Not install the TouchSmart controller until sheetrock installation and finish has been completed. After the wall is finished, remove any protective covering on the end of the CAT5 cable and connect the Installation (for qualified installers only) 47 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Air Intake Requirements The fireplace requires air intake(s) to supply combustion air to the firebox. Requirements for the air intake(s) are listed below: x The air intake(s) must be routed to the exterior of the structure or to an area that freely conveys air from the outside. Do not draw air from a garage or other area that may be subject to fumes or airborne particles. Air Intake Ducts x Must use 6” or 8” UL 181 Duct or better (Class 1 or Class 0 – capable of negative pressure reading of 1” water column). Consult your local building department for details on duct installation and requirements in your area. We strongly recommend the use of insulated ducting such as Master Flow™ which is carried at Home Depot™ and other stores that carry HVAC products (insulated ducting is typically R4.2 or greater with vapor barrier). Insulated ducting prevents condensation from forming on the exterior of the ducts or fireplace. This is especially important when the ducts are routed through heated areas that may be subject to humidification. x The chart below details air intake maximum height and length. If the intake falls within the “Standard Installation” range shown below, the air intakes may be 6” diameter. If the intake falls within the shaded range, you must contact Travis Industries to verify the installation and determine the correct configuration (you may need to use 8” diameter duct). x Connect the air intake ducts to the fireplace, damper (if used), and termination using a suitable securing method (tape, silicone, etc.). Long duct runs must be properly secured. x We recommend the use of intake dampers. If you do not use dampers, we recommend you route the intake damper wires to the intake location so dampers may be installed at a later time. x Each air intake termination must be positioned so it does not become blocked by snow, vegetation, or other material. It must be installed with a suitable cap that prevents water or debris from entering. The termination (and damper, if used) must be positioned so it may be accessible for service and verification. If air intake is positioned on a wall, make sure to slope the intake down slightly to prevent water intrusion. x The air intake termination must be flashed and sealed to meet local building code requirements. 0 feet 0 f e e t 40 feet (12m) 20 feet (6m) -6 feet (-2m) 40 f e e t ( 1 2 m ) 20 f e e t ( 6 m ) Contact Travis Industries for Details Standard Installation 48 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Intake Dampers WARNING: DO NOTE CONNECT THE INTAKE DAMPER WIRES TOGETHER – THIS WILL SHORT THE SYSTEM. x Provisions for an intake damper(s) are included with this fireplace (24V AC wires). Intake dampers are recommended for cold areas or locations where air infiltration must be minimized. Connect the intake duct to the damper and route to the termination (if applicable). x If you live in the shaded regions shown in the illustration to the right, we strongly recommend using intake dampers (except in cases where the air being drawn in is conditioned or part of an air inlet system). In addition, use insulated air ducts and insulate the fireplace enclosure. x If the fireplace is located in an area with negative pressure, we recommend intake dampers to prevent air from being drawn into the fireplace when it is not in operation. x The intake damper wires may be routed from the fireplace inside or outside the ducting to the damper. Attach the damper wires to the damper (wire orientation does not matter). These wires may be shortened or extended using suitable wiring. When installing, make sure all excess wire is positioned away from the damper so it does not interfere with damper operation. x After installation, turn the fireplace on and visually check the intake dampers to verify they open correctly. x If using intake dampers, they must be located in an area that will allow them to be serviced at a later time. In addition, the dampers should be placed so their operation can be verified. Air intakes in Warm Environments The DaVinci Custom Fireplace™ uses air-cooled glass to ensure proper temperatures near the viewing area. If operating the fireplace when the outside temperature is hot (above 90 deg. F.), you will notice the glass will become warm to the touch. When temperatures are more moderate, the glass will be cooler. Although this is not a safety issue, we do believe all fireplace viewers (and installers) should be aware of this. If you do anticipate operating this fireplace with higher outside temperatures, you may wish to pull the intake air from a cooler location (e.g.: shaded side of the building, conditioned air, etc.). Installation (for qualified installers only) 49 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Air Intake Duct Quantity and Location Single Sided / See Through / Side / Pier 3 Burners 4 Burners 5 Burners 6 Burners a 7” 8-1/2” 10-1/2” 31” b 43” Bay / Island 3 Burners 4 Burners 5 Burners 6 Burners a 12” 13-1/2” 15-1/2” 36” b 48” 3 Burners a 1 Air Intake a 1 Air Intake 4 Burners 2 Air Intakes a b 6 Burners a 5 Burners 1 Air Intake 50 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Air intake Installation – Hood Versions (includes external dampers) Part Numbers 6” Hood w Damper 98900093 8” Hood w Damper 98900094 6” Hood only Installation Diagram (intake with damper) Installation x WARNING: DO NOT CONNECT THE INTAKE DAMPER WIRES TOGETHER (This will short the system). x Locate the intake damper wires and make sure they are accessible before proceeding. x NOTE: In the pictured example, we have crimped the intake damper. You may crimp this or use the included slider plate or connector to attach your flex duct. x DO NOT SCREW INTO THE TOP OF THE INTAKE DAMPER – THIS MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INTAKE DAMPER ACTUATOR. Slide the intake hood into the included flashing and secure. Secure theduct to the hood. Use 2 or 3 screws and tape to attach and seal the duct. Installation (for qualified installers only) 51 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Air Intake Dampers (for Hori. or Vert. Termination) 6” Dia. Intake Damper 98900078 8” Dia. Intake Damper 98900079 x 24V AC (orientation of wires does not matter) x Normally Closed x Spring Return x The intake damper wires are located inside the air intake on some fireplaces. Carefully fashion a hole in the intake damper (or fireplace) and route the wires to the exterior of the duct. Make sure the wires do not contact any sharp edges (use grommets if necessary). Seal the duct to ensure proper airflow. x Route the intake damper wires from the fireplace to the damper. A 20’ extension is provided to extend the wiring (if additional wiring is needed, use part 250-02295 or 18 gauge wire. x You will need to cut the quick-connects off the end of the wire harness. Attach the intake damper wires to the upper and lower posts on the terminal block attached to the intake damper (see pictures below - orientation of the two wires does not matter). 52 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Louvered Termination (used for intake(s) or exhaust vent) NOTE: Similar louver designs may be used at the discretion of the manufacturer, following confirmation of the certifying body. x The Louver Requires an Adapter – see the following page. x Packing List: • Louvered Termination, Mounting Flange (w siding ledge), Mounting Flange (no ledge), (12) Self Drilling #8 x ½” Screws Dimensions Painting the Louvered Termination and Flange(s) x The exterior surfaces have been treated (chromate) to optimize paint adhesion. This treatment leaves the aluminum a bronze color. Use a suitable outdoor primer and finish coat on this surface as desired. NOTE: If used as an exhaust termination, use paint capable of withstanding 400° F. (e.g.: Stove Bright). Installation Considerations x This termination must be placed horizontally. x The termination, when used as an exhaust, has a 1/2” clearance to combustibles (use included mounting flange for combustible framing) x The included mounting flanges may be secured to the louvered termination using the included screws. Use the flange best suited for your installation. 20" 508mm 16-3/4"426mm 7-1/4"185mm Louvered Termination (external view) Louvered Termination (internal view) Mounting Flange (with siding ledge)Mounting Flange (no ledge) 23-5/8" 601mm 20-3/8" 518mm 1-1/4" 32mm 22-1/4"566mm 25-1/2" 648mm 23-5/8" 601mm20-3/8"518mm UP 1/2" C l e a r a n c e 1/2" C l e a r a n c e 1/2" C l e a r a n c e Installation (for qualified installers only) 53 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Louvered Termination Adapter Plates Attaching the Adapter to the Louvered Termination Use the included screws to attach the adapter to the louvered termination. Louvered Termination Clearances See the illustration below for required clearances when using the louvered termination as an exhaust. 8" Exhaust 98900098 8" Intake 98900097 Louvered Termination 98900070 6" Intake 98900095 2x or 3x 6" Intake 98900096 RT V S i l i c o n e 8" EXHAUST ADAPTER ONLY For the exahust adapter, apply a bead of high-temperature RTV silicone to the inner perimeter of the Louvered termination. Above A - To Side B - Above C - Below Cat 1 5-1/2” (140mm) 12” (305mm) 12” (305mm) Cat 2 7” (178mm) 12” (305mm) 30” (762mm) Cat 3 & 4 10” (254mm) 12” (305mm) 30” (762mm) B A Si d e C Be l ow All measurements are to combustible or noncombustible surfaces. 54 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Slim Vent Termination (Inlet and Exhaust) (98900067 - 90° or 98900068 - 45°) x THIS TERMINATION IS FOR CATEGORY 1 DAVINCI FIREPLACES™ WITH UP TO 4 BURNERS (UP TO 58,000 BTUs). x Refer to the installation instructions included with the termination for full installation details. x The use of this termination requires the use of the “inline” exhaust fan. x Termination surfaces will become hot during use. Consider this when determining the location. x This termination directs exhaust gases downwards at a 45° angle. We do not recommend installing this near walkways, decks, or other areas where people may be present. x Do not place termination in a location where it may become blocked or obstructed. x Installation of this termination must meet all requirements listed in the appliance manual. Check with the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction regarding any additional requirements. x The termination must be placed level and flush (or slightly extended) from the wall surfaces. This allows the built-in drip ledge to work correctly. x Seal the perimeter of the termination to prevent water from entering around the outside of the assembly. Termination may be secured to the framing with screws from the exterior. Do not penetrate the termination more than ½”. Dimensions - 45° Termination Dimensions - 90° Termination 47" 26" 6" 6-3/4" 4"13-1/2" Exhaust Centerline Back Edge of Assembly to Center of Exhaust 1-1/2" Air Intake (may be relocated to the opposite side) 6-3/4" Air Intake (may be relocated to the opposite side) 6" 47" 26" 6" 13-1/2" 6-3/4" 4" 6-3/4" Installation (for qualified installers only) 55 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Clearances - 45° Termination Clearances - 90° Termination 0" Clearance to this surface 3" B-Vent (1" clearance) 1" 0" Clearance to Base (do not fill gap underneath assembly) 0" Clearance Sides/Back Exhaust Box (must maintain 3" clearance to this box) 3" 3" 1" Do not attach or place anything to the front of the assembly. This area must remain free of all obstructions to allow for proper airflow. 1" 0" Clearance to this surface 3" B-Vent (1" clearance) 1" 0" Clearance to Base (do not fill gap underneath assembly) 0" Clearance Sides/Back Exhaust Box (must maintain 3" clearance to this box) 3" 3" 1" Do not attach or place anything to the front of the assembly. This area must remain free of all obstructions to allow for proper airflow. 1" 3" 56 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Vent Requirements x The gas appliance and vent system must be vented directly to the outside of the building, and never be attached to a chimney serving a separate solid fuel or gas-burning appliance. Each direct vent gas appliance must use its own separate vent system. x In addition to the requirements listed here, follow the requirements provided with the vent. x A firestop is required whenever the vent penetrates a wall, floor, or ceiling (passes through framing members). Firestops may be provided by the vent manufacturer (1” clearance). NOTE: With the venting clearance requirements met, the area around the venting may become hot to the touch. This is not a safety issue; however, make sure to consider this when planning vent runs in shared walls, ceilings and floors to avoid undesired heating of spaces or surfaces. Vent Clearances x The vent must maintain the required clearance to combustible materials to prevent a fire. Do not fill air spaces with insulation. Minimum Clearance to Vent 1" (25mm) Altitude Considerations x This fireplace has been tested at altitudes ranging from sea level to 6,000 feet (1800 M). In this testing we have found that the fireplace, with its standard orifice, burns correctly with just an air shutter adjustment. x Failure to adjust the air shutter properly may lead to improper combustion which can create a safety hazard. Consult your dealer or installer if you suspect an improperly adjusted air shutter. Approved Vent x Use listed 10” or 8” B-Vent (see power vent for diameter used). The actual exterior dimension will vary (typically 11” 279mm or 9” 229mm outer diameter). This vent is available from Travis Industries. Vent Installation x Secure the sections together (twist sections together, secure with screws - see vent manufacturer instructions for detailed requirements). x Horizontal sections require non-combustible support every three feet (e.g.: plumbing strap) WARNING: Do not use screws longer than 1/4" to secure the B-Vent together. If long screws are used to secure the vent together, the screw will penetrate the outer wall of the vent then deflect the inner wall. This makes the inner wall bend inwards, creating unwanted turbulence and resistance inside the vent (see picture below to the right). This decreases exhaust flow and may negatively impact vent durability. See the vent manufacturer instructions for maximum screw size. Make Sure Screws are Not Longer than 1/4” Long Screws Create an Inward Bend (Flair) 1/4” Crimptite (works fine) 1/2" Tek Screw (too long) Inside View of B-Vent Installation (for qualified installers only) 57 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Approved Vent Configurations The fireplace vent must meet the following requirements (measured from base of fireplace): x Minimum Vent Length = 3’ (1 M) - Interior blower requires a minimum 5’ (1.6 M) vent length x Maximum Horizontal Run = 100’ (30 M)* NOTE: Vent does not require any vertical rise along its run. x Maximum Vertical Rise = 100’ (30 M)* (measured from base of fireplace) x Maximum Vertical Drop Below Base of Fireplace = 6’ (2 M)* NOTE: The downward vent sections may not exceed 10’ total. x Maximum 90˚ Elbows = 4 (note: two 45˚ elbows count as one 90˚ elbow) x The chart below details maximum vent height and length. The termination must fall within the “Standard Installation” or “Extended Installation” shaded regions shown below. x Use the table below to determine which blower must be used. * If you wish to place the termination outside the shaded regions, or if additional elbows are required, you must contact Travis Industries to verify vent configuration. Compatible Exhaust Blower Standard Installation Extended Installation Category 1 RS12 or Inline 160 Inline 160 0 feet 0 f e e t 40 feet (12m) 20 feet (6m) -6 feet (-2m) 40 f e e t ( 1 2 m ) 20 f e e t ( 6 m ) Standard Installation 60 feet (18m) 80 feet (24m) 100 feet (30m) 60 f e e t ( 1 8 m ) 80 f e e t ( 2 4 m ) 10 0 f e e t ( 3 0 m ) Extended Installation 58 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Rheostat Adjustment Most vent configurations will require no adjustment to the rheostat. If your flame is especially blue or short after 20 minutes, or if the glass is too hot, you may need to adjust the rheostat. -- If the flames are blue and short after 20 minutes – turn the rheostat down. -- If the glass is too hot after 20 minutes – turn the rheostat up. Contact Travis Industries if you have any questions regarding rheostat adjustment. NOTE: The exhaust blower will run on high for approximately 30 seconds once the fireplace is turned on (pre-purge). After 30 seconds the burner will turn on and the rheostat controls the speed of the exhaust blower. Restrictor Adjustment Most vent configurations will require no restrictor adjustment. If your flame is especially blue or short after 20 minutes, and you have adjusted the rheostat to the lowest setting, you may need to adjust the restrictor (it is attached to the firebox ceiling near the exhaust outlet). Contact Travis Industries for further details before adjusting the restrictor. The rheostat may be adjusted with the fireplace in operation. Remove the cover plate nearest the rheostat to access the rheostat and make adjustments. Installation (for qualified installers only) 59 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Termination Requirements ! Venting terminals shall not be recessed into a wall or siding. A Minimum 9" (229mm) clearance from any door or window B Minimum 24" (610mm) above any grade, veranda, porch, deck or balcony C Minimum 1" (25mm) from outside corner walls NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. D Minimum 24" (610mm) from inside corner walls NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. E Minimum 24" (610mm) clearance below ventilated or unventilated soffits or roof surfaces NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. F Minimum 12" (305mm) clearance below a veranda, porch, deck or balcony NOTE: Permitted only if veranda, porch, deck, or balcony is fully open on a minimum of two sides beneath the floor. NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. G Minimum 48" (1219mm) clearance from any adjacent building H Minimum 84" (2134mm) clearance above any grade when adjacent to public walkways or driveways NOTE: may not be used over a walkway or driveway shared by an adjacent building I Minimum 12" (305mm) clearance to any non-mechanical air supply inlet to the building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance. J Minimum 36" (914mm) clearance above any mechanical air supply inlet if within 10’ (3M) horizontally EXCEPTION: The air intake for this fireplace may be placed a minimum 24” (610mm) to the side or below the exhaust termination (do not place the intake above the exhaust termination). K Minimum 36" (914mm) from the area above the meter/regulator (vent outlet) - this extends 15’ (4.5M) above the regulator NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. L Minimum 36" (914mm) from the meter/regulator (vent outlet) NOTE: Clearance in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. M Minimum 12” (305mm) above the roof line (for vertical terminations) N Minimum 24” (610mm) horizontal clearance to any surface (such as an exterior wall) – for vertical terminations • Vent termination must not be located where it will become plugged by snow or other material Louvered Terminations Requirements If using the louvered termination as an exhaust, you must follow the requirements detailed on page 52. C B H E G A DF L K J I NOTE: Measure clearances to the nearest edge of the exhaust hood. AE E M N 60 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Power Vent – Dimensions, Framing, Mounting Exterior Power Vent Dimensions – Low Volume (RS12) 94400903 2-3/4" 70mm 11-1/4" 286mm 2-7/8" 73mm 2-7/8" 73mm7-3/4" 197mm 11-3/4" 298mm 20-1/4" 514mm 22-3/4" 578mm 17" 432mm 1-1/4" 32mm 1-1/4" 32mm Installation (for qualified installers only) 61 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Exterior Power Vent Dimensions – High Volume (RS16) 94400904 1-1/4" 32mm 2-5/8" 67mm 16" 407mm 3" 76mm8-5/8" 220mm 14-1/8" 359mm 25" 635mm 27-1/2" 699mm 21-5/8" 550mm 3" 76mm (centered) 1-1/4" 32mm 62 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Framing - Exterior Power Vent (94400903 & 94400904 only) x The power vent assembly must be mounted into framing capable of supporting the weight of the assembly and vent. x Framing must provide a 1/2” gap to power vent assembly housing. This allows for proper cooling of the blower and damper. x Framing dimensions are listed below (these dimensions include the required 1/2” gap). Height (a) Width (b) Small Blower 21-1/4” (540mm) 18” (458mm) Large Blower 26” (661mm) 22-5/8” (575mm) x Box may be mounted in a vertical or horizontal position. If mounted in a horizontal position, the box must be mounted with the cooling holes on top (to allow for proper airflow). Horizontal Termination Vertical Termination a b a b Cooling Holes MAKE SURE TO PROVIDE A ½” GAP TO ALL SIDES FOR COOLING Installation (for qualified installers only) 63 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Mounting - Exterior Power Vent (94400903 & 94400904 only) x Box must be properly weatherized to prevent rain or snow from entering. x Flashing strips are included with the blower to provide additional protection. The flashing may be placed with the edge outwards for horizontal terminations when submerged in siding. It may also be placed with the edge inwards for vertical terminations to provide a drip edge. x When mounted vertically we recommend the blower assembly be mounted with a slight tilt (approx. 5°) to allow for rain to run off the assembly (see illustration below). Tilt the assembly so the blower shroud is on the upper end. - or - When mounted vertically we recommend the blower assembly be mounted with a slight tilt (approx. 5°) to allow for rain to run off the assembly. Tilt the assembly so the blower shroud is on the upper end. 5° 64 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Interior Power Vent – Dimensions and Mounting Interior Power Vent Dimensions – (Lo 160) 94400905 ! The blower may be placed on its side or with the motor upwards. DO NOT POSITION THE ASSEMBLY SO THE BLOWER MOTOR IS BELOW THE ASSEMBLY. This will greatly shorten blower life and void the warranty. Interior Power Vent Dimensions – Inline Version (Hi 180) 94400906 Interior Power Vent - Typical Installation Arrangements 5-1/2" 140mm4-3/4" 121mm 4" 102mm 2-1/8" 54mm17-3/8" 442mm IntakeExhaust Motor Exhaust Junction Box Cover 12-5/8" 321mm 14-1/4" 362mm 7-1/2" 191mm 9-1/8" 232mm 6-1/4" 159mm 6" 153mm4" 102mm 4-1/2" 115mm7-1/2" 191mm 2-1/8" 54mm17-3/8" 442mm IntakeExhaust Motor Exhaust Junction Box Cover 14" 356mm 16" 407mm 10-7/8" 277mm 6-7/8" 175mm Installation (for qualified installers only) 65 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Interior Power Vent - Minimum Vent Pre and Post Blower x Minimum Vent Pre-Blower = 2’ Straight Section (24”) – 4’ (48”) or more recommended) x Minimum Vent Post-Blower = 2’ Straight Section (24”) – 4’ (48”) or more recommended) Interior Power Vent – Mounting ! THE B-VENT AFTER THE EXHAUST BLOWER MUST BE SEALED (use rtv silicone, pressure pipe, or equivalent). Certain jurisdictions may require sealed b-vent pressure pipe (consult with your local building official for requirements in your area). ! The blower may be placed on its side or with the motor upwards. DO NOT POSITION THE ASSEMBLY SO THE BLOWER MOTOR IS BELOW THE ASSEMBLY – SEE ILLUSTRATION TO THE RIGHT. This will greatly shorten blower life and void the warranty. x Use the included brackets to help secure the blower and exhaust damper in place (see illustration below). x Use straps/supports/framing to secure the blower in a workmanlike manner. x Test the blower prior to sealing the vent enclosure to ensure proper noise abatement has been achieved. You way wish to isolate the blower mounting to reduce vibration. 66 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Interior Power Vent Enclosure x The exhaust blower assembly consists of a blower and damper constructed into a single box. This assembly is best placed in a location where it can be accessed from all sides (ceiling plenum, utility closet, mechanical chase, attic space, service corridor, etc.). It is imperative that the assembly be placed in a location where the vent connections and junction box may be accessed. x If you do wish to enclose the blower assembly, make sure to place it in a location where it may be accessed and the vent and wiring disconnected for servicing. The illustration below details the minimum clearances required for the exhaust blower enclosure. Make sure to include an access door on the side that has the junction box. This will allow a service person to access to the junction box and vent connections. Interior Power Vent - Attaching Vent to the Blower Assembly x When attaching the vent to the blower assembly, make sure to accommodate servicing at a later time. x Attach a male adapter to both the intake and exhaust (e.g.: Duravent 8GVAM). When attaching make sure to orient the adapter correctly (note direction of flow). For the exhaust, the adapter will be sealed and screwed to the exhaust box. x After the male adapter, use an adjustable length connector on both the intake and exhaust (e.g. Duravent 8GV12A). Make sure to position the connector so the tensioner may be loosened after the installation is complete. This arrangement allows for the adjustable lengths to be loosened at a later time and the vent connections detached from the exhaust blower assembly. Interior Power Vent - Components Interior Power Vent - Termination x The interior power vent must use a listed B-Vent termination or the Travis Louvered Termination (98900070) for horizontal terminations (make sure to use the appropriate adapter). Junction Box Cover Exhaust 12" (305mm) 18" (458mm) 6" (153mm) Intake The blower assembly requires a 1" (26mm) clearance to combustibles. 6" (153mm) 6" (153mm) 12" (305mm) Installation (for qualified installers only) 67 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Hearth Requirements A hearth is not required for this fireplace. If a hearth is installed, it must not extend above the glass opening. The hearth may be combustible or non-combustible. Facing Requirements x Drywall, tile, or other facing (combustible or non-combustible) may be placed directly on the face of the fireplace (see “a” below). x Facing may be placed along the perimeter of glass opening, but must not extend over it. This area must remain open to allow for glass removal and installation. x Fireplace must not be used to support the facing. Heavy facing must be self-supporting. WARNING: Do not use adhesive to secure the facing. The high temperatures of the fireplace may cause adhesives to emit odors. Use mastic or thin set (or other non- combustible, non-odorous adherent) to attach the facing. NOTE: Screws may be used to secure cement board or tile backer to the fireplace. Do not penetrate the fireplace more than 1/2” (13mm). Ad h e s i v e 11" 280mm See "Dimensions" 12", 20", etc. Do not drill screws into this shaded area. The outer glass slides into this area. 68 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Do Not Drill or Screw Zone When using screws to secure drywall to the fireplace, make sure to avoid the area shown below. Make sure screws penetrate no more than ½” (13mm) into the fireplace. Mantel Requirements x A mantel (combustible or non-combustible) may be installed above the fireplace. Make sure it does not overlap the glass opening. Do not drill screws into shaded areas. The outer glass slides into this area near the glass. The "do not drill" zone is next to internal components. Maximum Screw Penetration = 1/2" (13mm) (long screws will hinder component access) 2" 51mm 2" 51mm DO N O T DRI L L Installation (for qualified installers only) 69 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Fireback Installation Firebacks are shipped separately from the fireplace and must be installed prior to installing the crushed glass. There are three different sizes of firebacks (12”, Divider, and End Firebacks). Depending upon the type of fireplace, you will need multiple pieces (see table below). Follow the instructions below to install. Fireback Quantity Needed – Category 1 Fireplaces Type of Fireplace Length (Nominal) # of 12” Firebacks # of End Firebacks (4-1/4” Wide) # of Divider Firebacks (8-5/8” Wide) # of Bay Firebacks (5- 1/2” Wide) 1-Sided 5’ 4’ 3’ 5 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 See Through Any Length 0 4 2 0 Pier Any Length 0 2 1 0 Island Any Length 0 0 0 0 Full Bay 5’ 4’ 3’ 5 4 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 Side 5’ 4’ 3’ 5 4 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fireback Installation Order Type of Fireplace 1-Sided (a) Install 12” firebacks (start at ends and work inwards – align if necessary). (b) Install divider firebacks. (c) After inner glass is in place, install end firebacks. See Through (a) Install divider firebacks. (b) After inner glass in place, install end firebacks Pier (a) Install divider firebacks. (b) After inner glass in place, install end firebacks. Island No firebacks, no worries. Full Bay (a) Install bay firebacks on both ends (install near end and slide to the outside). (b) Install 12” firebacks. Side (a) Install bay firebacks at the end (install near the end and slide to the outside). (b) Install 12” firebacks. (c) Install divider fireback. (d) After inner glass in place, install end fireback 70 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Identifying the Firebacks 12” Fireback Divider Fireback Bay Fireback This notch fits over the ledge at the back of the firebox. Older End Firebacks (newer firebacks are interchangeable and may be placed on either side) The end fireback has a hole on the bottom. Older end firebacks are side specific (each side is not interchangeable). Make sure to place the end fireback with the slope facing outward (see illustration to the right). Glass Fireback x The optional glass fireback is placed along the back wall of the firebox. x It is shipped with the glass panes. x To install, lift it into place using suction cups (see the illustration to the right for instructions on sliding it into place). The painted surface of the glass scratches easily and must be placed away from the fire. x Glass firebacks use black enamel firebacks for the end, divider and bay firebacks. Left Side Bay Fireback Right Side Bay Fireback Note how the top angles downwards to the outside. 5.5" Wide Left End Fireback Right End Fireback 4.25" Wide Front of FireplaceFront of Fireplace Back Wall of Firebox Glass Fireback This notch fits over the ledge at the back of the firebox. The divider fireback has a notch on the bottom. Installation (for qualified installers only) 71 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Installing the 12” Firebacks The fireback has a notch on each side that slides over a rail at the back of the firebox. Install each fireback using suction cups (or two hands). Place the fireback into position, making sure the notch fits over the rail. Once attached, the fireback may be slid left or right. Once all firebacks are installed, make sure they are equally spaced and fully seated. Installing the Bay Firebacks NOTE: If using a bay fireplace, install the bay firebacks before installing the 12” firebacks. The bay firebacks install in the same fashion as the 12” firebacks. Place the fireback in place, approximately 6” from the end (make sure it is the correct side – the top edge slopes down at the end). Then slide it outwards into place (see pictures below). Notch Rail on the back wall of the firebox On Early Units Make sure to install the fireback so it fits over this screw. 72 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Installing the Divider and End Firebacks These firebacks use two magnets to hold each fireback in place. The magnets are shipped pre-attached to the fireplace walls. NOTE: The divider firebacks have a notch at the bottom. Place it as shown below. Install the inner glass panes before installing the end firebacks (NOTE: Remove the magnets before glass installation). The end fireback has angled top. Place the fireback with the slope facing outwards. Installation (for qualified installers only) 73 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Glass Pane Installation and Removal This fireplace uses a dual layer of glass to provide combustion air to the fireplace and keep the exterior cool. The glass panes are packaged separately and do not use a steel glass frame. The appliance must be completely cool before removing the glass. Do not strike or slam the glass. Warning: Do not operate appliance with the glass removed, cracked or broken. Replacement of the glass should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. Use only glass provided by Travis Industries for this appliance. Do not use substitute glass. Suction Cups NOTE: Suction cups are required for glass installation and removal. These are available from Travis Industries (sku 94400914). When to Install the Glass Panes The glass is typically installed after all other steps have been completed. This helps ensure the glass is kept clean and away from potential damage. (a) Fireplace should be in location and attached to power, gas, vent and intake. (b) Install the firebacks. (c) Install the inner glass and test-start the fireplace. This is done to verify appliance operation only. Do not let the appliance burn for more than 5 minutes. (d) Remove the front inner glass. (e) Install the crushed glass over the burner and inner media trays. (f) Replace the front inner glass. (g) On Pier, Bay, and Island models, install the side outer glass panes. (h) If crushed glass is being used in the intake air channel, install it at this time. (i) Install the remaining outer glass panes. DaVinci - Overview of Glass Panes – Category 1 Fireplaces Type of Fireplace Length (Nominal) # of Glass Panes Glass Sizing 1-Sided 5’ 2 TBD Pier 5’ 6 TBD Full Bay 5’ 6 TBD Island 5’ 8 TBD 2-Sided 5’ 4 TBD Check for the DaVinci Logo Before Installing the Glass The outer piece of glass has a DaVinci logo. Make sure it is on the lower right and is facing outwards. 74 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Attaching the Suction Cups to the Glass Panes NOTE: Make sure the glass and suction cups are clean before attaching the suction cups. These surfaces must be clean and dry for the suction cups to work properly. NOTE: The larger glass panes may require an additional helper. We recommend using 2 people with 4 suction cups when handling long glass panes (over 5’ long, especially 20” tall version). (a) Place one suction cup onto the glass panel. Press the suction button repeatedly until the red line on the suction cup submerges into the handle. This indicates proper vacuum. (b) Repeat step “a” for the remaining suction cups. NOTE: The suction cups have a lever opposite the suction button. This lever releases air, allowing the suction cup to disengage from the glass. DO NOT PRESS THIS LEVER UNLESS YOU ARE RELEASING THE SUCTION CUP. (c) Verify the suction cups are properly aligned and the red line is submerged before lifting the glass (see photos below). Red Line Air Release Lever Note how the red line is submerged Installation (for qualified installers only) 75 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Installing the Glass Panes Into the Fireplace Before installing the glass, make sure to measure it to verify it is the correct piece. Refer to the section “When to Install the Glass” on page 73 to determine when to install the glass. (a) Before installing the glass pane, verify the lower channel is free of crushed glass or any other debris. Any debris left in this channel will cause an air lead and may damage the glass pane. (b) Lift the glass pane and insert it at an angle so the top edge inserts into the upper slot. (c) Swing the lower edge of the glass pane inwards until the lower edge can insert into the lower slot. 76 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Steps for Finalizing the Installation 1. Before installing the glass, purge the gas line. This allows gas to be detected once it enters the firebox. 2. Leak test all the gas joints. 3. Follow the instructions on page 73 for “When to Install the Glass”. 4. Start the fireplace. 5. Check the air shutter following the directions below. Air Shutter Adjustment There are several burners inside the fireplace (one burner for each foot of burner length). Each burner has its own air shutter. The air shutters are pre-adjusted at the factory for the fuel being used and probably do not need further adjustment. If the flames are sooty or blue and short, follow the directions below. a) Let the fireplace burn for 20 minutes. b) Check the flame height. Each center flame should be 9” to 12” tall at the highest point. Individual flames may have a different pattern, but the overall height should be similar from left to right. NOTE: The flames will look different when the crushed glass is installed. Make sure the crushed glass is removed directly above the cluster of burner holes (see “Crushed Glass Installation”). c) If adjustment is needed, the fireplace will need to be shut off and allowed to cool. Remove the front outer piece of glass. Remove the media tray directly behind the glass to access each air shutter (see illustration below). FLAMES SOOTY – Open the air shutter an additional 1/8” (3mm) FLAMES SHORT AND BLUE – Close the air shutter an additional 1/8” (3mm) Maestro Burner (available on certain units) The maestro burner uses two mixing tubes for each burner (see picture to the right). When adjusting the air shutter make sure to adjust both mixing tubes simultaneously. d) Restore the fireplace to the correct configuration and verify the flames (step “a” and “b” above). 6. Give this manual to the home owner for future reference and fully explain operation of this fireplace. 7. Turn the appliance off and install the crushed glass. Loosen this screw then rotate the air shutter to adjust the air shutter. Installation (for qualified installers only) 77 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Crushed Glass Installation Crushed glass is placed over the burners and center media trays. As an option, crushed glass may also be placed over the intake air channel media trays (the area between the two panes of glass). Use only ¼” crushed glass from Travis Industries and/or other media specifically approved by Travis Industries. Placing Crushed Glass on the Burner and Center Media Trays Glass Quantity = 1.5 Pounds (0.66 Kg) Per Linear Foot (300mm) 1 Level Cup (8 fl. oz.) (240ml) = 0.95 lbs. So...1 Slightly Rounded Cup = 1 lb. Determine the amount of glass needed for the fireplace being installed. Set this glass aside in portions to allow for an even amount of glass to be placed over the surface of the burner and media tray. NOTE: It is better to install too little glass than too much. (a) On Pier, Island, and Bay models, make sure the side inner glass is in place. Open up a bag of crushed glass and pour it evenly on to the burner and media trays. Use a brush or glove to evenly distribute the glass over the surface. (b) After distributing the glass, make sure to uncover the area over the center of each burner. There is a grouping of burner holes that should be left open. This makes the flames coalesce and create a taller flame pattern. On the burner next to the pilot, clear off the center burner holes and clear off the set of burner holes leading to the pilot. This open area allows the pilot ignite the burner quickly so the fireplace ignites properly. NOTE: Failure to clear this area will result in poor fireplace ignition. This may lead to delayed ignition “pops” or sooting. Remove any glass that falls into the glass pane channel. Do not cover this air channel between the media tray and glass pane channel. Clear off the ports on the center of each burner. In addition, clear off the line of burner holes leading to the pilot and area directly over the pilot. Make sure not to place glass in the area inside the pilot shield or on the holes leading to the pilot. 78 Installation (for qualified installers only) © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Placing Crushed Glass in the Intake Channel (Between Panes of Glass) - OPTIONAL Glass Quantity = 0.75 Pound (0.33 Kg) Per Linear Foot (300mm) Glass Quantity – Island, Pier, & Bay Ends = 1.25 (0.6 Kg) Pounds Per End 1 Level Cup (8 fl. oz.) (240ml) = 0.95 lbs. So...1 Slightly Rounded Cup = 1 lb. Determine the amount of glass needed for the fireplace being installed. Set this glass aside in portions to allow for an even amount of glass to be placed over the media trays in the intake channel. NOTE: It is better to install too little glass than too much. (a) On Pier, Island, and Bay models, make sure the side outer glass is in place. Open up a bag of crushed glass and pour it evenly on to the media tray(s). Use a brush or glove to evenly distribute the glass over the surface. Installation (for qualified installers only) 79 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Wiring Diagram Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Verify proper operation after servicing. Warning: Do not disconnect or alter the air pressure switch wiring. This is a safety component that is critical to the safety of this fireplace. 24 Volt DCTransformer Exhaust Blower Junction Box White Capacitor Green Black BlackBlack Fir e p l a c e J u n c t i o n B o x Power Vent Controller Exhaust Blower Junction BoxExhaust Damper Wire Harness BlueBlackBrown Red Br o w n Blue Black Blue Bla c k Wh i t e F-OUT F-IN Gr a y Bla c k Re d Fuses* (see below) Black 3.15A FUSE Secondary Base Integrated Fireplace Control (IFC) Category 2 3.15A FUSE Gre e n Fir e p l a c e J u n c t i o n B o x Spark Rod Gre e n Ye l l o w / G r e e n Wh i t e Flame Detect Bla c k Wh i t e Gr e e n Or a n g e Air Pressure Switch24 Volt AC Transformer Intake Dampers Power Exhaust Primary Base Integrated Fireplace Control (IFC) Blu e Re d Bla c k White Bla c k Pur p l e Bla c k Wh i t e Bla c k Wh i t e Blue Blue Yellow Ye l l o w * Fuse Layout Tra n s f o r m e r (1 A m p ) Ex . R h e o s t a t (6 . 3 A m p . S l . B l . ) Po w e r E x h a u s t (6 . 3 A m p . S l . B l . ) Exhaust Damper(1 Amp) Intake Damper(1 Amp) Exhaust Damper Thermodisk Auxiliary BoardBlack 120 VAC Power White Green Touch Screen Optional De-Humidifier Optional Heat Exchanger Optional Overhead Lights 120 VACPower Black White Green LED Light Strips RedGreen 120 VAC Power 12 0 V A C Po w e r Main Power Switch120 VACPower In 120 VAC Power (several components inside fireplace) 80 Operation © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Before You Begin x Read this entire manual before you use your new heater (especially the section "Safety Precautions" on pages 4 & 5). FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING WARNING: If you do not follow these instructions exactly, a fire or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. This appliance is equipped with an ignition device that automatically lights the pilot. Do not try to light the pilot by hand. BEFORE OPERATING, smell around the appliance area for gas. Be sure to smell next to the floor because some gas is heavier than air and will settle on the floor. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. - Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. x Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been under water. x If the gas valve requires repair, call a qualified service technician. Force or attempted repair may result in a fire or explosion. Starting the Heater for the First Time x Condensation may appear on the glass each time you start the heater - this is normal. x Blue Flames will occur on the heater when it first comes on. After fifteen minutes the flames will turn a more realistic yellow and orange color. x NOTE: Whenever power is connected to the fireplace (e.g.: power outage or breaker re-set), the exhaust blower will turn on and run for approximately 6 minutes). Operation 81 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Location of Controls There are two different TouchSmart controllers. The controller on the left is used for fireplaces that do not use the heat exchanger option. The controller on the right shows the controller that does utilize the heat exchanger option. Non-Heat Exchange Controller Heat Exchange Controller LED Intensity Slider Slide finger up to increase LED intensity, slide down to decrease intensity. Slide to the bottom to turn lights off. LED Color Slider Slide finger up or down to cycle through LED colors Overhead Light (fireplaces with overhead lights) Press this button to control the overhead lights. This button will cycle from: OFF LOW MEDIUM HIGH OFF. LED On / Off (fireplaces without overhead lights) If the fireplace is off, and you press this button once, the LEDs will turn on to their latest setting. If you press it again, the LEDs will turn off. If the burner is on, it too will turn off. Flame On/Off Press this button to turn the flames ON/OFF The fireplace takes approximately 40 seconds to turn on after the switch is turned to the “ON” position. Sleep Timer Slider (fireplaces without heat exchangers only) Touch anywhere on the slider to activate the sleep timer. Slide finger up to increase the time before the fireplace turns off, down to decrease time. Each light on the slider represents (1) hour. Heat Exchanger Blower Slider (fireplaces with optional heat exchanger only) Touch anywhere on the slider to activate the heat exchanger blower. Slide finger up to increase the blower speed, down to decrease speed. LED Intensity Slider Sleep Timer Slider Heat Exchanger Blower Slider Flame On/Off Overhead Light - or – LED On / Off LED Color Slider 82 Maintenance © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE: Disconnect power before attempting maintenance or repair. Yearly Service Procedure x Failure to inspect and maintain the fireplace may lead to improper combustion and a potentially dangerous situation. We recommend the following procedures be done by a qualified technician. THIS FIREPLACE IS NOT USER SERVICEABLE: Contact your dealer for servicing. 1. Inspect the pilot flame. It should touch approximately 3/8" of the top of the flame sensor. If it does not, contact your dealer for service. 2. Shut off gas to the fireplace and let it cool for 15 minutes. Remove the glass (see page 73). 3. Remove crushed glass. If excessive sooting is found, the fireplace will require adjustment. Contact your dealer. 4. Inspect the burner and remove any debris. x Make sure the burner is not warped, cracked, or damaged. x Check the firebox and area around the pilot to make sure there is no warping or damage. x If any problem is found, discontinue use and contact your dealer for service. 5. Replace the crushed glass. Clean and replace the glass (see Glass Cleaning on page 82). If the glass is damaged, replace. Make sure the gasket along the perimeter of the glass contacts the face of the firebox and forms an air-tight seal. If it does not, re-align or replace the gasket to insure an air-tight seal. 6. Inspect the area behind the access door. Clean if necessary. Check the gas control valve and the gas lines. If damage is found, discontinue use and contact your dealer for service. Clean the air channels, ducts, and blower (if applicable). 7. Start the main burner. After 15 minutes the flames should be orange/yellow and not touch the top of the firebox. If the pilot or main burners do not burn correctly, contact your dealer for service. Monitor blower operation. 8. Remove any debris or vegetation near the vent termination. Contact your dealer if any sooting or deterioration is found near the vent termination. Glass Cleaning The appliance must be completely cool before cleaning the glass. The glass may be cleaned with a non- abrasive cleaner. To clean the inside of the glass, remove the glass, place it on a non- scratching surface, and clean the inside surface. WARNING: do not operate the fireplace without the glass in place. Limited 7 Year Warranty 83 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Bulb Replacement 1 Remove the screw securing the lamp assembly to the housing (set aside for reinstallation). Work the lamp assembly out through the hole in the baffle. 2 There are two brass screws (one on each side) that secure the bulb to the lamp assembly. Use a small standard screwdriver to loosen the screws. NOTE: Do not loosen the screws that secure the wire to the ceramic lamp base. 3 Remove the bulb from the lamp base by pulling the bulb straight up from the base (do not twist). 4 Install the replacement bulb into the base. Secure the bulb by tightening the brass screws loosened in step 3. NOTE: DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH YOUR FINGERS. Oils from your skin will shorten the bulb’s life. Return the fireplace to its correct configuration. Replacement Parts Caution: Use only Travis Industries replacement parts. Do not use substitute materials. Warning: Do not operate appliance with the glass front removed, cracked, or broken. Replacement of the glass should be done by a licensed or qualified service person. Contact your local Travis Industries Dealer for Replacement Parts Do not loosen these screws (they hold the wires in place). Micro (1/8") Standard Screwdriver Housing (attached to the baffle). Lamp Assembly 84 Limited 7 Year Warranty © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Register your TRAVIS INDUSTRIES, INC. Limited 7 Year Warranty online at traviswarranty.com. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES, INC. warrants this gas appliance (appliance is defined as the equipment manufactured by Travis Industries, Inc.) to be defect-free in material and workmanship to the original purchaser from the date of purchase as follows: Check with your dealer in advance for any costs to you when arranging a warranty call. Mileage or service charges are not covered by this warranty. This charge can vary from store to store. Warranty Period Component 2 yrs. 5 yrs. 7 yrs. 90 Days Pa r t s & L a b o r P = P a r t s L = L a b o r P L P L P L P L 9 9 Burner assembly, Air Shutter Assembly, Main Burner Orifice, Firebacks 9 9 Electrical Assembly (within appliance structure or venting): Wire Harness, Snap Disks, Rheostats, Exhaust Fan, LED Lighting, TouchSmart Controller, Heat Exchanger Fan (if applicable) 9 9 Gas Control Assembly 9 9 Glass (thermal shock only) 9 9 Media: Stones, Crushed Glass 9 9 Accessories: Fireart 9 9 9 9 Optional Heat Exchanger (if applicable) 9 9 9 9 9 Firebox Assembly 9 All replacement parts beyond warranty period CONDITIONS & EXCLUSIONS 1. This new gas appliance must be installed by a qualified gas appliance technician. It must be installed, operated, and maintained at all times in accordance with the instructions in the Owner’s Manual. Any alteration, willful abuse, accident, neglect, or misuse of the product shall nullify this warranty. 2. This warranty is nontransferable, and is made to the ORIGINAL purchaser, provided that the purchase was made through an authorized DaVinci dealer. 3. Discoloration and some minor expansion, contraction, or movement of certain parts and resulting noise, is normal and not a defect and, therefore, not covered under warranty. The installer must ensure the appliance is burning as per the rating tag at the time of installation. Over-firing (operation above the listed BTU rate) of this appliance can cause serious damage and will nullify this warranty. 4. The warranty, as outlined within this document, does not apply to the chimney components (except exhaust fan) or other Non-DaVinci accessories used in conjunction with the installation of this product. If in doubt as to the extent of this warranty, contact your authorized DaVinci retailer before installation. Contact the vent manufacturer for vent warranty questions. 5. Travis Industries will not be responsible for inadequate performance caused by environmental conditions such as nearby trees, buildings, rooftops, wind, hills or mountains or negative pressure or other influences from mechanical systems such as furnaces, fans, clothes dryers, etc. 6. This Warranty is void if: a. The unit has been operated in atmospheres contaminated by chlorine, fluorine or other damaging chemicals. b. The unit is subject to submersion in water or prolonged periods of dampness or condensation. c. Any damage to the unit, combustion chamber, heat exchanger or other components due to water, or weather damage which is the result of, but not limited to, improper chimney/venting installation. 7. Exclusions to this 7 Year Warranty include: injury, loss of use, damage, failure to function due to accident, negligence, misuse, improper installation, alteration or adjustment of the manufacturer's settings of components, lack of proper and regular maintenance, damage incurred while the appliance is in transit, alteration, or act of God. 8. This 7 Year warranty excludes damage caused by normal wear and tear, such as paint discoloration or chipping, worn or torn gasketing, corroded or cracked logs, embers, etc. Also excluded is damage to the unit caused by abuse, improper installation, modification of the unit, drilling of the orifices, or the use of fuel other than that for which the unit is configured. . 9. Damage to surfaces caused by fingerprints, scratches, melted items, or the use of cleaners other than denatured alcohol is not covered in this warranty. 10. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES, INC. is free of liability for any damages caused by the appliance, as well as inconvenience expenses and materials. Incidental or consequential damages are not covered by this warranty. In some states, the exclusion of incidental or consequential damage may not apply. 11. This warranty does not cover any loss or damage incurred by the use or removal of any component or apparatus to or from the gas appliance without the express written permission of TRAVIS INDUSTRIES, INC. and bearing a TRAVIS INDUSTRIES, INC. label of approval. 12. Any statement or representation of DaVinci products and their performance contained in DaVinci advertising, packaging literature, or printed material is not part of this 7- year warranty. 13. This warranty is automatically voided if the appliance’s serial number has been removed or altered in any way. 14. No dealer, distributor, or similar person has the authority to represent or warrant DaVinci products beyond the terms contained within this warranty. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES, INC. assumes no liability for such warranties or representations. 15. TRAVIS Industries will not cover the cost of the removal or re-installation of hearths, facing, mantels, venting or other components. 16. If for any reason any section of this warranty is declared invalid, the balance of the warranty remains in effect and all other clauses shall remain in effect. 17. THIS 7 YEAR WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY SUPPLIED BY TRAVIS INDUSTRIES, INC., THE MANUFACTURER OF THE APPLIANCE. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED AND PURCHASER’S RECOURSE IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN. IF WARRANTY SERVICE IS NEEDED: 1. If you discover a problem that you believe is covered by this warranty, you MUST REPORT it to your DaVinci dealer WITHIN 30 DAYS, giving them proof of purchase, the purchase date, and the model name and serial number. 2. TRAVIS INDUSTRIES, INC. has the option of either repairing or replacing the defective component. Limited 7 Year Warranty 85 © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 86 Index © Travis Industries 2/6/20-1384 DaVinci-Cat1 Air Intake Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9 Air Intake Requirements ..................................................... 36 Air Shutter Adjustment ........................................................ 76 Altitude Considerations ....................................................... 56 Approved Vent Configurations ............................................ 57 Approved Vent .................................................................... 56 BTU Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Clearances .......................................................................... 18 Dimensions ......................................................................... 7 Drywall Installation .............................................................. 67 Electrical Connection .......................................................... 45 Exhaust Box Mounting ........................................................ 60 Facing Requirements .......................................................... 67 Fireplace Placement Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 Fuel ..................................................................................... 30 Gas Inlet Pressure .............................................................. 30 Gas Line Connection .......................................................... 30 Gas Line Location ............................................................... 30 Gas Line Requirements ...................................................... 23 Hearth Requirements .......................................................... 60 Installation Options ............................................................. 7 Mantel Requirements .......................................................... 68 MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS ................................ 16 Massachusetts Requirements ............................................. 16 Mounting the Junction Box (Switch and Rheostat) ............. 32 Packing List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 14 Raised Fireplaces ............................................................... 18 Recommended Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 Requirements for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts ... 16 Rheostat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 Steps for Finalizing the Installation ..................................... 76 Termination Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 Vent Clearances ................................................................. 56 Vent Installation .................................................................. 56 Vent Requirements ............................................................. 51 Wiring the Exhaust Blower (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Wiring the Exhaust Blower .................................................. 35 IMPORTANT! Read all instructions carefully before starting installation. Failure to follow these instructions may result in property damage, personal injury or possible loss of life. WARNING: If the information in these instructions is not followed exactly, a fire or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury or death. – Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. – WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: s $O NOT TRY TO LIGHT ANY APPLIANCE s $O NOT TOUCH ANY ELECTRICAL SWITCH do not use any phone in your building. s )MMEDIATELY CALL YOUR GAS SUPPLIER from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions. s )F YOU CANNOT REACH YOUR GAS supplier, call the fire department. – Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. N The Flue Damper must be in the full open position when burning the gas logs. N This fireplace is to be burned only with the gas log set supplied with the fireplace. Burning other items could cause a fire hazard or injury. N For best results, Natural Gas pressure should be 7" to 12" W.C. and 11" W.C. for Propane Gas. N To simulate real wood burning, the gas burner is designed to burn a yellow flame. It is normal for the logs to soot- up. The soot can be easily removed with a vacuum cleaner or soft brush. N Check the label on the firebox to as- sure the proper gas type. Never use anything but the correct gas type for your fireplace. This appliance complies with National Safety and is tested and listed to ANSI Z 21.50b - 2007 as Vented Gas fireplaces. Installation must conform to local codes. In the absence of local codes, installation must conform with the current National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1. INSTALLER/CONSUMER RETAIN THIS APPLIANCE MANUAL WITH THE INSTALLED APPLIANCE MANUFACTURED BY: 4301 WESTGROVE DRIVE ADDISON, TX 75001 Z 21.50 -2014Z 21.50 - 2014 INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS GOLDEN BLOUNT TOP-VENT FIREPLACES MODEL HD5030-TV “EL GRANDE” HD4240-TV “SKYSCRAPER” 04/20 PFS *APPROVED FOR NATURAL GAS OR PROPANE GAS IF MODEL HD4240-TV IS USED WITH PROPANE GAS A POWER VENT FAN MUST BE USED. CONTACT GOLDEN BLOUNT FOR INFO. 1-800-833-1139** 2 INSTALLATION OPTIONS Figure 2.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Layout Options ................................................................................................................2 Identification of Parts .......................................................................................................3 Building Codes and Safety Standards .............................................................................4 Piping and Gas Pressure Requirements .........................................................................5 Installation Instructions ....................................................................................................6 Log Placement ...............................................................................................................11 Operating Guidelines .....................................................................................................14 Lighting Instructions .......................................................................................................15 Trouble Shooting ...........................................................................................................17 Replacement Parts ........................................................................................................19 INSIDE ROOMFLUSH MOUNT CHASE CORNER MOUNT B HD4240-TV A = 97" B = 69" HD5030-TV A = 102" B = 73 1/2"A HD5030-TV AND HD4240-TV INTERIOR VIEW Pan Burner Outside Air Control Knob Damper Control Lever Pilot Light Valve Access Panel 3 Gas Line Access Outside Air Port Outside Air Control Knob On/Off Switch BUILDING CODES AND SAFETY STANDARDS The design of this FIREPLACE ACCESSORY has been tested and is listed with CSA INTERNATIONAL in accordance with THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE - ANSI Z21.50, CSA Test Report No. 188842-1049553. This manual serves only as a basic guideline for installation and use of this firebox and gas piping. The complete installation must be in accordance with local codes and ordinances, or, in the absence of local codes, with the American National Standards Institute National Fuel Gas Code Z223.1 latest edition. GENERAL INFORMATION HD5030-TV OR HD4240-TV IS A TOP-VENTED GAS FIREPLACE. IT IS DESIGNED TO BURN BY DRAWING COMBUSTION AIR FROM THE ROOM THE UNIT IS INSTALLED IN AND/OR THE OUTSIDE AIR KIT PROVIDED WITH THIS APPLIANCE. THE EXHAUST FLUE GASES ARE TO BE VENTED THROUGH THE TOP-VENT USING 10" B-TYPE GAS VENT PIPE. THE CONTROL SYSTEM IS A MILLIVOLT TYPE THAT INCLUDES A ON-OFF SHUT-OFF VALVE, A GAS CONTROL VALVE, A STANDING PILOT LIGHT ASSEMBLY, PIEZO IGNITOR AND ON-OFF ROCKER SWITCH. WARNING: THIS UNIT IS NOT FOR USE WITH SOLID FUEL. NOTE: INSTALLATION AND REPAIR SHOULD BE DONE BY A QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSON. THE APPLIANCE SHOULD BE INSPECTED BEFORE USE AND AT LEAST ANNUALLY BY A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE PERSON. MORE FREQUENT CLEANING MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO EXCESSIVE LINT FROM CARPETING, BEDDING MATERIAL, ETC. IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT THE UNITS CONTROL COMPARTMENT, BURNERS, AND CIRCULATING AIR PASSAGE-WAYS BE KEPT CLEAN TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR. NOTE: B-Vent appliances are not designed to operate in negatively pressured environments (pressure within the home is less than pressures outside). Significant negatively pressured environments caused by weather, home design or other devices may impact the operation of this appliance. Negative pressures may result in poor flame appearance, sooting, damage to property and/or severe personal injury. Do not operate this appliance in negatively pressured environments. CLEARANCES REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR THE FIREBOX ARE: 1/2" ON THE SIDES AND BACK AND 0 AT THE BOTTOM. TOP CLEARANCE IS 3", SEE FIGURE 7.1 FOR FRAMING DIMENSIONS. NOTE: PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES AROUND AIR OPENINGS INTO THE COMBUSTION CHAMBER. NOTE: ADEQUATE ACCESSIBILITY CLEARANCES FOR SERVICING AND PROPER OPERATION MUST BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI Z21.50b.— 2007. 4 GAS PIPING AND GAS PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS NOTE: THIS FIREPLACE HAS A HIGH BTU INPUT. GAS PIPING SIZE AND DISTANCES SHOULD BE APPROPRIATE FOR 100,000 BTU/HR INPUT. All gas piping must be installed to comply with local codes, or, in the absence of local codes, with the latest edition of the National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223.1. Unions in gas lines shall be of ground joint type. Compounds used on threaded joints of gas piping must be resistant to the action of liquefied petroleum gas. Gas piping must be of sufficient size to provide a minimum natural gas pressure at the appliance of 7" water column or 11" for L.P. gases for the purpose of input adjustment. The maximum inlet gas pressure to the unit must not exceed 10" for natural gas, and 13" for LP gases. If this unit is to be supplied with LP gas (bottled propane) the tank or bottle supplying the gas must have a regulator that reduces the gas pressure to between 11 and 13 inches water column. The control will not operate with gas line pressure directly from the tank and may leak gas due to this excessive pressure. DANGER: OPERATION OF THIS UNIT ON LP GAS WITHOUT AN APPROVED REGULATOR AT THE TANK WILL LEAD TO GAS LEAKS AT THE CONTROL VALVE WITH POSSIBLE FIRE OR EXPLOSION. Include a manual shut-off valve and union in the line so the control or heater may be disconnected for servicing. Include a drip leg and a plugged 1/8" N.P.T. tapping into the line also. The tapping must be accessible for the test gauge connection immediately upstream of the gas supply connection to the unit. Use a soap and water solution or liquid gas leak detector to coat each joint in the piping system and look for bubbles which indicate gas leaks. Repair all gas leaks. CAUTION: THE APPLIANCE AND ITS APPLIANCE MAIN GAS VALVE MUST BE DISCONNECTED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY PIPING SYSTEM DURING ANY PRESSURE TESTING OF THAT SYSTEM AT TEST PRESSURES IN EXCESS OF 1/2 PSI (3.5 KPA). THE APPLIANCE MUST BE ISOLATED FROM THE GAS SUPPLY PIPING SYSTEM BY CLOSING THE EQUIPMENT SHUTOFF VALVE DURING ANY PRESSURE TESTING OF THE GAS SUPPLY PIPING SYSTEM AT TEST PRESSURES EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 1/2 PSI (3.5KPA). DANGER: DO NOT USE CANDLES, MATCHES OR OTHER IGNITION SOURCES WHEN CHECKING FOR LEAKS. FUEL GASES ARE VERY FLAMMABLE AND IN CERTAIN CONCENTRATIONS, EXPLOSIVE . CHECKING FOR LEAKS WITH AN OPEN FLAME MAY LEAD TO FIRE OR EXPLOSION. 5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS In planning the installation for the fireplace, it is necessary to determine where the unit is to be installed, the routing of the B-type vent system, and whether optional accessories are to be used. Gas supply piping should also be planned. HD5030-TV OR HD4240-TV (with the use of the Outside Air Kit) can be installed in a bedroom (in the United States) which has a total volume of unconfined space appropriate to the particular installation. Refer to the National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 - (current edition), the Uniform Mechanical Code - (current edition), and Local Building Inspector for the options allowed in obtaining an effective bedroom volume of unconfined space. The fireplace can be mounted on any of the following surfaces: 1. A flat combustible surface 2. A raised wooden platform 3. Four (4) corner supports (Example: four (4) concrete masonry blocks.) These supports must be positioned so they contact all four corner edges on the bottom of the unit. If the fireplace is to be installed on carpeting, tile, or other combustible material other than wood flooring, the fireplace must be placed upon a metal or wood panel extending the full width and depth of the unit. Fireplace framing can be built before or after the fireplace is set in place. Framing should be positioned to accommodate wall covering and fireplace facing material. The fireplace framing should be constructed of 2 x 4 lumber or heavier. The framing headers may rest on the fireplace standoffs. Refer to Figure 7.1 for fireplace and framing reference dimensions. CAUTION: VERIFY FIREPLACE DIMENSIONS, FRAMING METHODS AND WALL COVERING DETAILS BEFORE FRAMING CONSTRUCTION BEGINS. Determine the exact position of the fireplace so that the vent run can be planned. &IGURE SHOWS POSSIBLE LOCATIONS FOR THE lREPLACE INSIDE OF A ROOM mUSH MOUNT in a chase, or installed in a corner. Using a level, make sure the fireplace is properly positioned and squared. WARNING: DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURES, THE APPLIANCE SHOULD BE LOCATED OUT OF TRAFFIC AND AWAY FROM FURNITURE AND DRAPERIES. CLOTHING OR OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIAL SHOULD NOT BE PLACED ON OR NEAR THE APPLIANCE. 6 Figure 7.1 Figure 7.1 7 HD4240-TV 8 1/2" INSTALLED AFTER FIREPLACE IS POSITIONED MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS LEFT SIDE AIR SAME POSITION FROM FRONT EDGE AS RIGHT SIDE11" 2 1/4" 9" 4" " 52 1/2" 51 1/2" 12 1/4" 21 1/2" 50 3/4" 34 1/4" 30 1/2" 76 1/2" 7" 42" 1" 7" " RIGHT SIDE GAS LINE KNOCK OUT FRONT EDGE OF FIREPLACE AIR KIT 8 1/2" INSTALLED AFTER FIREPLACE IS POSITIONED MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS LEFT SIDE AIR SAME POSITION FROM FRONT EDGE AS RIGHT SIDE FRONT EDGE OF FIREPLACE RIGHT SIDE GAS LINE KNOCK OUT AIR KIT 11" 2 1/2" 9" 4" 30" 42 1/2" 59 1/2" 12 1/4" 21 1/2" 58 3/4" 40 1/4" 30 1/2" 66 1/2" 66" 50"58 3/4"1" 7" 41" HD5030-TV 4"50 3/4" 4" 30 1/4" 30 1/4" Installing Outside Air Kit Model HD5030-TV & HD4240-TV are supplied with the component parts for outside combustion with the exception of the 4" flex duct. It is recommended that the outside air system be used whenever possible. Connect 4" Class-1 Flex duct or Metal Vent to duct collar on both sides of lREBOX RUN DUCTS TO FRESH AIR SOURCE AND TERMINATE USING DUCT TERMINATION CAPS 4HE OUTSIDE AIR can be opened by pulling control knobs toward front of fireplace and closed by pushing towards back (Refer to figure 8.1). 8 CONTROL KNOB DUCT TERMINATION RAIN CAP CAULKING WALL OUTER CASING DUCT COLLAR Figure 8.1 ONE ON LEFT SIDE & ONE ON RIGHT SIDE ONE ON LEFT SIDE & ONE ON RIGHT SIDE Installing Chimney/Vent System Model HD5030-TV & HD4240-TV are approved to be used with 10" B-Type Gas Vent. Under most conditions the fireplace system will draw properly if the chimney height is determined in accordance with the following guidelines: Note: (90-degree elbows are not approved! Maximum offset angle must not exceed 45 degrees.) Many manufacturers of B-Type gas vent offer “High Performance,” or “High Wind” caps. These caps limit the outlet area for flue gases to expel and should not be used with this fireplace. In the event of draft related problems due to extreme wind conditions a special wind ring is available. 1. If your chimney penetrates the roof within 10' of its peak, it must be extended at least 24" above your roof’s peak and be at least 36" above the highest point of the roof opening (see below). 2. If the chimney penetrates the roof farther than 10' from its peak, measure from the center line of the chimney to a point 10' away, between the chimney and the peak of the roof. The top of the chimney must be at least 36" above the highest point of the roof opening (see below). 3. The 10' Rule of Thumb is a guide for calculating chimney height that works under most conditions. However, many factors can cause the need for additional chimney height beyond what 10' Rule of Thumb would indicate. Topographical factors can cause high-pressure zones, which prevent a chimney from drawing. This can occur if the house is located in a low-lying area, in a valley or near the base of a cliff or hillside. The same situation can occur if the chimney is near other steep roof lines or tall buildings. Areas with high winds also frequently require higher than normal chimneys. Certain styles of architecture tend to interfere with a fireplace’s draw. If the room in which the fireplace is located has a very high ceiling, flue gasses may enter the room unless the chimney is terminated at a level higher than that of the ceiling, even if the 10' Rule of Thumb indicates a shorter chimney height. Note: Installations which will not allow the 10' rule to be followed must be submitted to Golden Blount Inc. for approval. 1-800-833-1139. Warning! This gas appliance must not be connected to a chimney flue serving a separate solid-fuel burning appliance. Note: A draft hood is installed and is the same atmospheric zone as the combustion air inlet to the appliance and is located so that the relief opening is accessible for checking vent operation. 9 REFRACTORY PANEL INSTALLATION The Refractory Brick Panels should be carefully removed from shipping sleeve and positioned upright against a stable object. 1.Look into fireplace opening and locate back panel retaining clip positioned against rear wall of fireplace. (Figure 9.1) Remove (2) screws attaching clip to rear wall and set clip and screws aside. Position rear panel against rear wall and reattach clip with (2) screws. 2.Locate left panel retaining clip and remove (2) screws and set clip and screws aside. Position left panel against left wall and reattach clip with (2) screws. 3.Repeat Step 2 for right panel installation. Figure 9.1 Finishing the Wall Finish the wall with the material of your choice. Do not install a combustible mantle or other combustible projection above the fireplace opening unless it is a minimum of 12 inches above top of fireplace opening. (Figure 8.2) *Non-combustible material used between top of opening and mantle must not exceed 3” in depth. Caution: All joints between the finished wall and the fireplace surround (Top and Sides) can only be sealed with non-combustible material. Only non-combustible material can be applied as facing to the fireplace surround. (Figure 8.2) Hearth Extension A Hearth Extension may be installed, but it is not required for vented gas fireplaces. STUD FINISHED WALL NON-COMBUSTIBLE SEAL JOINT MANTLE 12" MIN TOP OF OPENING Figure 8.2 Connecting the Gas Line Consult local building codes before gas line installation. This gas fireplace is designed to accept a 1/2" male flare fitting attached to a 1/2" supply line. Have the gas line in- stalled by a qualified service person in accordance with all building codes. Install gas line to fireplace on the right side attaching gas line to the gas flex line inside the control box accessed by opening the control box door. 2X4 HEADER 1. Fill burner pan with silica sand supplied with fireplace. Note! On L.P. models vermiculite is used instead of silica sand. Be careful not to pour vermiculite over brass air mixer attached to burner pan. Air mixer holes must not be obstructed! 2. Pour vermiculite over the CEBB (controlled ember bed burner) tube creating a mound effect over the tube. Do Not flatten out vermiculite over tube. 3. Spread glowing embers over main burner pan and CEBB tube. Note! Be sure to create a gap between the main burner pan’s glowing embers, thus enhancing a front curl of flame from the main burner. 4. Pour black rock around sides of pan for picture frame effect. Note! On L.P. models be careful not to pour black rock over brass air mixer attached to burner pan. 5. Position log grate against rear wall of fireplace and center left to right. 6. CEBB burner is supplied with adjustment valve and key to adjust front flame amount to desired look. Key can be removed after adjustment. Gas Log Installation 10 Figure 9.2 Figure 9.3 LOG PLACEMENT FOR MODEL #HD5030-TV LOG SET STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4 STEP 5 STEP 611 STEP 7 STEP 8 FINAL ARRANGEMENT 12 13 LOG PLACEMENT FOR MODEL #HD4240TBF STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4 FINAL ARRANGEMENT CAUTION: DURING THE INITIAL PURGING AND SUBSEQUENT LIGHTING, NEVER ALLOW THE GAS VALVE CONTROL KNOB TO REMAIN DEPRESSED IN THE A “PILOT” POSITION WITHOUT PUSHING THE RED IGNITOR BUTTON AT LEAST ONCE EVERY SECOND. WARNING: CHILDREN AND ADULTS SHOULD BE ALERTED TO THE HAZARDS OF HIGH SURFACE TEMPERATURE AND SHOULD STAY AWAY TO AVOID BURNS OR CLOTHING IGNITION. YOUNG CHILDREN SHOULD BE CAREFULLY SUPERVISED WHEN THEY ARE IN THE SAME ROOM AS THE APPLIANCE. IMPORTANT: TURN OFF GAS BEFORE SERVICING APPLIANCE. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT A COMPETENT SERVICE TECHNICIAN PERFORM THESE CHECKUPS AT THE BEGINNING OF EACH HEATING SEASON. WARNING: THE FLOW OF COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION AIR MUST NOT BE OBSTRUCTED. When lit for the first time, the appliance will emit a slight odor for an hour or two. This is due to paint and lubricants used in the manufacturing process. The main burner flame characteristics are steady, not lifting or floating. Typically, the top 3/4 inch of the pilot generator should be engulfed in the pilot flame. A periodic check of these characteristics is necessary. CAUTION: THE LOGS CAN GET VERY HOT! HANDLE ONLY WHEN COOL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 14 OPERATING GUIDELINES Upon completing the gas line connection, a small amount of air will be in the lines. When first lighting the pilot light, it will take a few minutes for the lines to purge themselves of this air. Once the purging is complete, the pilot and burner will light and operate as indicated in the instruction manual. Subsequent lighting of the appliance will not require such purging. IMPORTANT: THE APPLIANCE AREA MUST BE KEPT CLEAR AND FREE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS, GASOLINE AND OTHER FLAMMABLE VAPORS AND LIQUIDS. Visually inspect pilot periodically. Brush or blow away any dust or lint accumulations. If pilot orifice is plugged, disassembly may be required to remove any foreign material from orifice or tubing. Venting system should be periodically examined by a qualified service technician or agency to ensure proper air flow. WIRING DIAGRAM 14 14a Enervex ADC-100 Draft Switch connection 50D50-843 Enervex ADC-100 Draft Switch connection 14B14B FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING WARNING: IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS EXACTLY, A FIRE OR EXPLOSION MAY RESULT CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE. A. This appliance has a pilot. When lighting the pilot, follow these instruc- tions exactly. B. BEFORE LIGHTING smell all around the appliance area for gas. Be sure to smell next to the floor because some gas is heavier than air and will settle on the floor. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: C. Use only your hand to push in or turn the gas control knob. Never use tools. If the knob will not push in or turn by hand don’t try to repair it, call a qualified service technician. Forced or attempted repair may result in a fire or explosion. D. Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any part of the gas control system which has been under water. R Do not try to light any appliance. R Do not touch any electric switch: Do not use any phone in your building. R Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions. R If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire department. LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS 1.“STOP” Read the safety information above first. 2.To access controls, open valve access panel. 3.Turn the control to the “OFF” position. To do this, you must turn the knob clockwise to the pilot position and then press in and continue turning clockwise to the “OFF” position. 4.WAIT FIVE (5) MINUTES TO CLEAR OUT ANY GAS. If you then smell gas, STOP! Follow “B” in the safety information above. If you don’t smell gas, go to next step. 5.The pilot does not require accessing for lighting purposes. The pilot is located inside the combustion chamber. 6.To put the control in the pilot position turn the control knob counter-clockwise to the pilot position. 7.To light the pilot, depress the control knob and then depress the red piezo button until it makes a clicking sound. It may be neces- sary to repeat this step. If the pilot does not light after Ten seconds, go back to step 3. The control knob should be held Down for a MINUTE after pilot ignition. If the pilot lights, but will not stay lit after two tries, turn the gas control knob to the “OFF” position and call your Service technician or gas supplier. If the control knob does not pop out when released, STOP - shut off the gas supply to the fireplace control valve and immediately call your service technician or gas supplier 8.After the pilot has been lit, the Burner can be turned on by turning the knob counter- clockwise To the “ON” position. Then turn the ON/OFF switch to the “ON” position. Note: Damper control lever must be in the “open” position to ignite. GAS VALVE THERMOPILE PILOT BURNER 15 TO TURN OFF GAS TO APPLIANCE 1. Open valve access door panel 2. Turn knob clockwise to pilot position then depress and continue turning to “OFF” 3. Close access door panel LPG (PROPANE) WARNING THE FOLLOWING WARNING APPLIES TO INSTALLATIONS USING L.P. (PROPANE GAS): WARNING: To avoid possible injury, fire and explosion, please read and follow these precautions and all instructions of this appliance before lighting the pilot. This appliance uses L.P. (Propane) gas which is heavier than air and will remain at the floor level if there is a leak. Before lighting, smell at floor level and/or use other means (such as using a soap solution on all piping and connections, using a gas detector, etc.) to check for gas leaks. NOTE: L.P. (Propane) gas can become odorless and CANNOT always be detected by smell. If you smell gas, detect a gas leak or suspect that a gas leak exists, follow these rules: 1. Get all people out of building. 2. DO NOT light matches. DO NOT turn electric lights or switches on or off in area. DO NOT use an electric fan to remove gas from area. DO NOT use a telephone inside of building. 3. Shut off gas at L.P. tank outside of building. 4. Telephone gas company and fire department. Ask instructions. Before hanging up, give your name, address and phone number. DO NOT go back into building. If your L.P. tank runs out of fuel, turn off gas at the appliance. After L.P. tank Is refilled, appliance must be re-lit according to manufacturer’s instructions. If the gas control has been exposed to WATER in any way, DO NOT try to use it. It must be replaced. DO NOT attempt repair on gas control or appliance. Tampering is DANGEROUS and voids all warranties. Any component that is found to be faulty, must be replaced with an approved component. IMPORTANT: Always keep the appliance area clear and free from combustible materials, gasoline and other flammable vapors and liquids. Never obstruct the flow of combustion and ventilation air. Keep the front of the appliance clear of all obstacles and materials. To obtain proper operation, it is imperative that the pilot and main burner flame characteristics are steady, not lifting or floating. Typically the top 3/4 inch at the pilot generator should be engulfed in the pilot flame. TO TURN OFF GAS TO APPLIANCE 16 ¢ IMPORTANT - PLEASE NOTE L.P. GAS MODELS MODERATE SOOT ACCUMULATION IS CONSIDERED NORMAL FOR L.P. MODELS. TO KEEP THIS SOOT ACCUMULATION TO A MINIMUM, REDUCE THE FLAME IMPINGEMENT BY SPACING FRONT AND BACK LOGS AS FAR APART AS POSSIBLE. TROUBLE SHOOTING With proper installation and maintenance, your new Gas Fireplace should provide years of trouble-free service. If you do experience a problem, refer to the trouble shooting guide shown below. This guide will assist a qualified service person in the diagnosis of problems and the corrective action to be taken. SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Spark ignitor will not light A. Defective ignitor (no 1. Check for spark at PILOT AFTER TRIGGERING SPARK AT ELECTRODE ELECTRODE AND PILOT IF NO spark exist and electrode wire is properly connected, replace ignitor. B. Defective or misaligned 1. Using a match, light electrode at pilot (spark pilot. If pilot lights, turn at electrode) off pilot and trigger the red button again. If pilot lights, an improper gas/ air mixture caused the bad lighting and a longer purge period is recom- mended. If pilot will not light - check gap at electrode and pilot should be 1/8 inch to have a strong spark. If OK, replace pilot C. No gas or low gas 1. Check remote shut off pressure valves from fireplace. Usually there is a valve near the fireplace and sometimes there is a valve near the main. There can be more than one valve between the fireplace and main. 2. Low pressure can be caused by a variety of situations such as a bent line, too narrow diameter of pipe or even low line pressure. Check for kinked lines. If none, consult with Plumber or gas supplier. If L.P. Gas is used you may be out of fuel. 17 IMPORTANT: Any safety screen or guard removed for servicing an appliance must be replaced prior to operating the appliance. TROUBLE SHOOTING (CONT’D) SYMPTOM POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 2. Pilot will not stay lit A. Defective pilot 1. Check pilot, flame must after carefully following generator impinge on pilot generator. lighting instructions. Clean and or adjust pilot for maximum flame impingement on generator. 2. Be sure wire connections from generator at gas valve terminals are tight and generator is fully inserted into pilot bracket. 3. Check thermogenerator with millivolt meter. Take reading at “TH-TP” and “TP” terminals of gas valve. Should read 325 millivolts minimum while holding valve knob depressed in pilot position, pilot lit, and ON/OFF switch “OFF”. Replace faulty generator if reading is below specified minimum. B. Defective valve 1. Connect the millivolt meter probes to the “TH-TP” and “TP” terminals on the gas valve. Turn knob to pilot position, depress and light pilot light. If meter reading is greater than 325 m.v. after 30 seconds, the pilot generator is good. If pilot does not stay lit, the valve is defective. If the meter reading is less than 325 m.v., the thermo- generator is defective. C. Open wire connection 1. Check wire continuity and in pilot circuit connections in pilot circuit. 18 1 HD-101 Gas Valve - N/G 18 HD-118 Step 2 Log 2 HD-102 Gas Valve - LP 19 HD-119 Step 3 Log 3 HD-103 1/4" Pilot Line 20 HD-120 Step 4 Log 4 HD-104 1/2" Burner Line 21 HD-121 Step 5 Log 5 HD-106 Piezo Ignitor 22 HD-122 Step 6 Log 6 HD-105 On/Off Switch 23 HD-123 Step 7 Log 7 HD-107 Pilot Assembly - Nat. 24 HD-124 Step 8 Log 8 HD-108 Pilot Assembly - LP 25 HD-125 Vermiculite (2 Bags LP) 9 HD-109 Thermopile 26 HD-126 Volcanic Rock 10 HD-110 Pilot Assembly Bracket 27 HD-127 Temp Limit Switch 11 HD-111 Burner Orifice NAT 28 HD-128 Damper Switch 12 HD-112 Burner Orifice LP 29 HD-129 Silica Sand (NAT) 13 HD-113 Burner Pan Assembly 30 HD-130 Glowing Embers 14 HD-114 Log Grate 15 HD-115 Step 1 Left Log 16 HD-116 Step 1 Right Log 17 HD-117 Step 1 Back Log ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION REPLACEMENT PARTS HD5030-TV THE FOLLOWING REPLACEMENT PARTS ARE AVAILABLE FROM YOUR GOLDEN BLOUNT DEALER 19 1 HD-101 Gas Valve - N/G 18 HD-218 Step 3 Log 2 HD-102 Gas Valve - LP 19 HD-219 Step 1 Left Log 3 HD-103 1/4" Pilot Line 20 HD-220 Step 1 Right Log 4 HD-104 1/2" Burner Line 21 HD-221 Step 1 Back 5 HD-106 Piezo Ignitor 22 6 HD-105 On/Off Switch 23 7 HD-107 Pilot Assembly - Nat. 24 8 HD-108 Pilot Assembly - LP 25 HD-125 Vermiculite (2 Bags LP) 9 HD-109 Thermopile 26 HD-126 Volcanic Rock 10 HD-110 Pilot Assembly Bracket 27 HD-127 Temp Limit Switch 11 HD-211 Burner Orifice NAT 28 HD-128 Damper Switch 12 HD-112 Burner Orifice LP 29 HD-129 Silica Sand (NAT) 13 HD-213 Burner Pan Assembly 30 HD-130 Glowing Embers 14 HD-214 Log Grate 15 HD-215 Step 4 Bottom Log 16 HD-216 Step 4 Top Log 17 HD-217 Step 2 Log ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION ITEM PART # DESCRIPTION REPLACEMENT PARTS HD4240-TV THE FOLLOWING REPLACEMENT PARTS ARE AVAILABLE FROM YOUR GOLDEN BLOUNT DEALER 20 17 19 18 21 20 16 15 21 TWO YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY THIS WARRANTY IS LIMITED TO TOP-VENT GAS FIREPLACES MANUFACTURED AND ASSEMBLED BY GOLDEN BLOUNT. IF GOLDEN BLOUNT FINDS THAT ANY PART OR PORTION OF THE FIREPLACE COVERED BY THIS WARRANTY IS DEFECTIVE IN MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP UNDER NORMAL USE AND SERVICE AS DESCRIBED IN THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, GOLDEN BLOUNT WILL TAKE THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS: 1. WITHIN THE FIRST YEAR FROM THE DATE OF INSTALLATION, GOLDEN BLOUNT SHALL, AT ITS OPTION REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY SUCH DEFECT IN MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP, AT GOLDEN BLOUNT’S EXPENSE, INCLUDING A REASONABLE LABOR ALLOWANCE AS DETERMINED BY GOLDEN BLOUNT. GOLDEN BLOUNT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY OTHER LABOR COSTS, OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. 2. DURING THE SECOND YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF INSTALLATION, GOLDEN BLOUNT SHALL SUPPLY REPLACEMENT PARTS AT THE CURRENT WHOLESALE PRICE, BUT GOLDEN BLOUNT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LABOR, TRANSPORTATION, OR THE INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. 3. ALL FACTORY OPTIONAL COMPONENTS OR ACCESSORIES FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE WILL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED WITHOUT CHARGE DURING THE FIRST YEAR AFTER INSTALLATION. GOLDEN BLOUNT MAY DISCHARGE ITS ENTIRE WARRANTY LIABILITY BY REFUNDING THE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. PRODUCTS MADE BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS, SOLD WITH THE FIREPLACE OR THEREAFTER ARE NOT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. THE USE OF OTHER UNAUTHORIZED COMPONENTS WILL MAKE THIS WARRANTY NULL AND VOID. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY WILL BE VOID IF THE APPLIANCE IS NOT INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED INSTALLER AND ACCORDING TO THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. THE LIMITED WARRANTY ALSO IS VOID IF THE FIREPLACE IS NOT OPERATED, AT ALL TIMES, ACCORDING TO THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FURNISHED. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LIMITS ON THE DURATION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES SO THESE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. GOLDEN BLOUNT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INVESTIGATE ANY AND ALL CLAIMS AGAINST THIS WARRANTY AND TO DECIDE ON THE METHOD OF SETTLEMENT. GOLDEN BLOUNT IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY WORK COMPLETED WITHOUT OBTAINING GOLDEN BLOUNT’S CONSENT. GOLDEN BLOUNT EMPLOYEES AND DEALERS HAVE NO RIGHT TO ALTER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. WARRANTY INFORMATION PLEASE BE ABLE TO PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION WHEN COMMUNICATING WITH GOLDEN BLOUNT OR ITS DEALERS OR DISTRIBUTORS REGARDING SERVICE UNDER THIS WARRANTY. MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF PURCHASE Golden Blount 4301 Westgrove Dr. Addison, TX 75001 (972) 250-3113 1Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Installation Manual Installation and Appliance Setup CAUTION! Risk of Fire! DO NOT store instruction manuals inside fireplace cavity. High temperatures could cause a fire. INSTALLER: Leave this manual with the appliance, not inside the appliance. CONSUMER: Retain this manual for future reference. Do not store inside the appliance. NOTICE: DO NOT discard this manual! • DO NOT store or use gasoline or other flam- mable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. • What to do if you smell gas - DO NOT try to light any appliance. - DO NOT touch any electrical switch. DO NOT use any phone in your building. - Leave the building immediately. - Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas sup- plier’s instructions. - If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. • Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency, or the gas supplier. WARNING: FIRE OR EXPLOSION HAZARD Failure to follow safety warnings exactly could result in serious injury, death, or property damage. Models: This appliance may be installed as an OEM installation in manufactured home (USA only) or mobile home and must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standard, Title 24 CFR, Part 3280 in the United States, or the Standard for Installation in Mobile Homes, CAN/CSA Z240 MH Series, in Canada. This appliance is only for use with the type(s) of gas indicated on the rating plate. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases, unless a certified kit is used. DANGER HOT GLASS WILL CAUSE BURNS. DO NOT TOUCH GLASS UNTIL COOLED. NEVER ALLOW CHILDREN TO TOUCH GLASS. A barrier designed to reduce the risk of burns from the hot viewing glass is provided with this appliance and shall be installed for the protection of children and other at-risk individuals. Decorative barrier front must be ordered separately at time of appliance purchase. See Section 3.A. MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C MEZZO72-C MEZZO72ST-C Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/202 Safety Alert Key: • DANGER! Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided will result in death or serious injury. • WARNING! Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided could result in death or serious injury. • CAUTION! Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. • NOTICE: Used to address practices not related to personal injury. Note: The term “recommend” or “recommended” does not indicate a requirement. It is a best practice suggested by Hearth & Home Technologies®. Table of Contents Installation Standard Work Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 1 Product Specific and Important Safety Information A. Appliance Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 B. Glass Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 C. BTU Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 D. High Altitude Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 E. Non-Combustible Materials Specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 F. Combustible Materials Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 G. Electrical Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 H. California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 I. Requirements for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts . .6 2 Getting Started A. Design and Installation Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 B. Good Faith Wall Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 C. Tools and Supplies Needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 D. Inspect Appliance and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 3 Framing and Clearances A. Appliance/Decorative Barrier Front Dimension Diagrams 10 B. Appliance Location and Clearances to Combustibles . . .17 C. Constructing the Appliance Chase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 D. Floor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 4 Termination Location and Vent Information A. Approved Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 B. Vent Termination Minimum Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 C. Vent Terminal Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 D. Use of Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 E. Vent Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 5 Vent Clearances and Vent Framing A. Vent Clearances to Combustibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 B. Wall Penetration Framing/Firestops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 C. Ceiling Firestop/Floor Penetration Framing . . . . . . . . . . .45 D. Install Attic Insulation Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 6 Appliance Preparation A. Top Standoff Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 B. Prepare For Heat Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 C. Securing and Leveling the Appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 D. Installing Non-Combustible Facing Material . . . . . . . . . .49 7 Venting A. Assemble Vent Sections (DVP Pipe Only) . . . . . . . . . . .50 B. Assemble Slip Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 C. Secure the Vent Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 D. Disassemble Vent Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 E. Vertical Termination Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 F. Horizontal Termination Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 8 Electrical Information A. General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 B. Wiring Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 9 Gas Information A. Fuel Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 B. Gas Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 C. Gas Service Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 D. Gas Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 E. High Altitude Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 F. Air Shutter Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 10 Finishing A. Facing Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 B. Decorative Barrier Fronts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 C. Mantel and Wall Projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 11 Appliance Setup A. Fixed Glass Assembly Removal and Replacement . . . . .76 B. Remove the Shipping Materials/Install Bottom Glass Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 C. Clean the Appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 D. Install Glass Refractory Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 E. Install Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 F. Install Log Set (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 G. IntelliFire Touch® Control System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 H. Install Decorative Barrier Front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 12 Reference Materials A. Vent Components Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 B. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Î = Contains updated information. Î Î Î 3Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Installation Standard Work Checklist Customer: Lot/Address: Model (circle one): MEZZO36-C MEZZO48-C MEZZO60-C MEZZO72-C MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48ST-C MEZZO60ST-C MEZZO72ST-C Date Installed: Location of Fireplace: Installer: Dealer/Distributor Phone # Serial #: Comments: Further description of the issues, who is responsible (Installer/ Builder/ Other Trades, etc) and corrective action needed _____________________________________________________________________________________Comments Communicated to party responsible ____________________ by ______________________on ___________ (Builder / Gen. Contractor/) (Installer) (Date) Appliance Install Sections 3 and 6 YES IF NO, WHY?Verified that the chase is insulated and sealed. (Pg. 29) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Required factory included non-combustible board is installed. (Pg 48) ___________________________ Standoffs bent up into installation position and secured. (Pg. 46) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBVerified clearances to combustibles. (Pg. 17-28) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Fireplace is leveled and secured. (Pg. 48) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Header no wider than 3.5 in.(2x4) (Pg. 19-22) _____________________________ Heat management system(s) and/or power vent properly installed. ___________________________ Venting/Chimney Sections 4,5 and 7 Venting configuration complies to vent diagrams. (Pg 35-42) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Venting installed, locked, and secured in place with proper clearance. ___________________________ (May need to order separately.)Firestops installed. (Section 5) ___________________________ Attic insulation shield installed. (Pg 45) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Exterior wall/Roof flashing installed and sealed. (Section 7) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBTerminations installed and sealed. (Section 7) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Electrical Section 8 (Pg 56-59)Unswitched power (110-120 VAC) provided to the appliance. ___________________________ Switch wires properly installed. ___________________________ Gas Section 9 (Pg 60-63) Proper appliance for fuel type. BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Was a conversion performed? ___________________________ Leak check performed and inlet pressure verified. BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Verified proper air shutter setting for installation type. BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Finishing Section 10 (Pg 64-75) Combustible materials not installed in non-combustible areas. ___________________________ Verified all clearances meet installation manual requirements. BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Finishing done correctly using inside fit or overlap fit method. BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Bottom finishing template and finishing guards removed. BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Mantels and wall projections comply with installation manual requirements. ___________________________ Appliance Setup Section 11 (Pg 76-79) All packaging and protective materials removed (inside & outside of appliance). BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Refractories and media installed correctly. ___________________________ Glass assembly installed and secured. ___________________________ Accessories installed properly. ___________________________ Decorative barrier front properly installed. (May need to order separately.) ___________________________ Manual bag and all of its contents are removed from inside/under the appliance and given to party responsible for use and operation. BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Started appliance and verified no gas leaks exist. BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Lights work in all switched positions (if so equipped). BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Component heat shield is installed. (Pg 57) BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB 2600-982 Rev. D 7/20Î = Contains updated information. Hearth & Home Technologies recommends the following:• Photographing the installation and copying this checklist for your file. • That this checklist remain visible at all times on the appliance until the installation is complete. This standard work checklist is to be used by the installer in conjunction with, not instead of, the instructions contained in this installation manual. WARNING! Risk of Fire or Explosion! Failure to install appliance according to these instructions can lead to a fire or explosion. Install ONLY components and accessories approved by Hearth & Home Technolo- gies. Unapproved components and accessories could cause fireplace to overheat. ATTENTION INSTALLER: Follow this Standard Work Checklist Î Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/204 This product is listed to ANSI standards for “Vented Gas Fireplace Heaters” and applicable sections of “Gas Burning Heating Appliances for Manufactured Homes and Recreational Vehicles”, and “Gas Fired Appliances for Use at High Altitudes”. Also Certified for Installation in a Bedroom or a Bedsitting Room. A. Appliance Certification NOT INTENDED FOR USE AS A PRIMARY HEAT SOURCE. This appliance is tested and approved as either supplemen- tal room heat or as a decorative appliance. It should not be factored as primary heat in residential heating calculations. NOTICE: This installation must conform with local codes. In the absence of local codes you must comply with the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1-latest edition in the U.S.A. and the CAN/CGA B149 Installation Codes in Canada. 1 1 Product Specific and Important Safety Information D. High Altitude Installations NOTICE: If the heating value of the gas has been reduced, these rules do not apply. Check with your local gas utility or authorities having jurisdiction. When installing above 2000 feet elevation: • In the USA: Reduce input rate 4% for each 1000 feet above 2000 feet. • In CANADA: Input ratings are certified without a reduction of input rate for elevations up to 4500 feet (1370 m) above sea level. Please consult provincial and/or local authorities having jurisdiction for installations at elevations above 4500 feet (1370 m). Check with your local gas utility to determine proper orifice size. C. BTU Specifications B. Glass Specifications This appliance is equipped with 5 mm ceramic glass. Re- place glass only with 5 mm ceramic glass. Please contact your dealer for replacement glass. MODEL: MEZZO36-C, MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48-C, MEZZO48ST-C, MEZZO60-C, MEZZO60ST-C, MEZZO72-C, MEZZO72ST-C LABORATORY: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) TYPE: Direct Vent Heater STANDARD: ANSI Z21.88-2017 • CSA 2.33-2017 Models (U.S. or Canada) Maximum Input BTU/h Minimum Input BTU/h Orifice Size (DMS) MEZZO36-C (NG)(0-2000 ft)30,000 17,500 #36 MEZZO36-C (Propane)(0-2000 ft)29,000 15,500 #52 MEZZO36ST-C (NG) (0-2000 ft)30,000 17,500 #36 MEZZO36ST-C (Propane)(0-2000 ft)29,000 15,500 #52 MEZZO48-C (NG)(0-2000 ft)40,000 21,000 .124 MEZZO48-C (Propane)(0-2000 ft)36,000 19,500 #49 MEZZO48ST-C (NG) (0-2000 ft)40,000 21,000 .124 MEZZO48ST-C (Propane)(0-2000 ft)36,000 19,500 #49 MEZZO60-C (NG)(0-2000 ft)50,000 26,000 #28 MEZZO60-C (Propane)(0-2000 ft)41,000 22,000 #48 MEZZO60ST-C (NG)(0-2000 ft)50,000 26,000 #28 MEZZO60ST-C (Propane)(0-2000 ft)41,000 22,000 #48 MEZZO72-C (NG)(0-2000 ft)58,000 30,000 #23 MEZZO72-C (Propane)(0-2000 ft)46,000 24,000 #45 MEZZO72ST-C (NG)(0-2000 ft)58,000 30,000 #23 MEZZO72ST-C (Propane)(0-2000 ft)46,000 24,000 #45 5Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 E. Non-Combustible Materials Specification Material which will not ignite and burn. Such materials are those consisting entirely of steel, iron, brick, tile, concrete, slate, glass or plasters, or any combination thereof. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E 136, Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 ºC shall be considered non-combustible materials. F. Combustible Materials Specification Materials made of or surfaced with wood, compressed pa- per, plant fibers, plastics, or other material that can ignite and burn, whether flame proofed or not, or plastered or unplastered shall be considered combustible materials. G. Electrical Codes NOTICE: This appliance must be electrically wired and grounded in accordance with local codes or, in the absence of local codes, with National Electric Code ANSI/NFPA 70-latest edition or the Canadian Electric Code CSA C22.1. • A 110-120 VAC circuit for this product must be pro- tected with ground-fault circuit interrupter protection, in compliance with the applicable electrical codes, when it is installed in locations such as in bathrooms or near sinks. H. California WARNING: This product and the fuels used to operate this product (liquid propane or natural gas), and the products of combustion of such fuels, can expose you to chemicals including benzene, which is known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. For more information go to: www. P65Warnings.ca.gov. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/206 I. Requirements for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts For all side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment installed in every dwelling, building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes, including those owned or operated by the Commonwealth and where the side wall exhaust vent termination is less than seven (7) feet above finished grade in the area of the venting, in- cluding but not limited to decks and porches, the following requirements shall be satisfied: Installation of Carbon Monoxide Detectors At the time of installation of the side wall horizontal vented gas fueled equipment, the installing plumber or gas fitter shall observe that a hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm and battery back-up is installed on the floor level where the gas equipment is to be installed. In addi- tion, the installing plumber or gas fitter shall observe that a battery operated or hard wired carbon monoxide detec- tor with an alarm is installed on each additional level of the dwelling, building or structure served by the side wall horizontal vented gas fueled equipment. It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to secure the services of qualified licensed professionals for the installation of hard wired carbon monoxide detectors. In the event that the side wall horizontally vented gas fu- eled equipment is installed in a crawl space or an attic, the hard wired carbon monoxide detector with alarm and battery back-up may be installed on the next adjacent floor level. In the event that the requirements of this subdivision can not be met at the time of completion of installation, the owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days to comply with the above requirements; provided, however, that dur- ing said thirty (30) day period, a battery operated carbon monoxide detector with an alarm shall be installed. Approved Carbon Monoxide Detectors Each carbon monoxide detector as required in accor- dance with the above provisions shall comply with NFPA 720 and be ANSI/UL 2034 listed and IAS certified. Signage A metal or plastic identification plate shall be permanent- ly mounted to the exterior of the building at a minimum height of eight (8) feet above grade directly in line with the exhaust vent terminal for the horizontally vented gas fu- eled heating appliance or equipment. The sign shall read, in print size no less than one-half (1/2) in. in size, “GAS VENT DIRECTLY BELOW. KEEP CLEAR OF ALL OB- STRUCTIONS”. Inspection The state or local gas inspector of the side wall horizon- tally vented gas fueled equipment shall not approve the installation unless, upon inspection, the inspector ob- serves carbon monoxide detectors and signage installed in accordance with the provisions of 248 CMR 5.08(2)(a)1 through 4. Exemptions The following equipment is exempt from 248 CMR 5.08(2) (a)1 through 4: • The equipment listed in Chapter 10 entitled “Equipment Not Required To Be Vented” in the most current edition of NFPA 54 as adopted by the Board; and • Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fu- eled equipment installed in a room or structure separate from the dwelling, building or structure used in whole or in part for residential purposes. MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS Gas Equipment Venting System Provided When the manufacturer of Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas equipment provides a venting system design or venting system components with the equipment, the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installation of the equipment and the venting system shall include: • Detailed instructions for the installation of the venting system design or the venting system components; and • A complete parts list for the venting system design or venting system. Gas Equipment Venting System NOT Provided When the manufacturer of a Product Approved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equipment does not pro- vide the parts for venting the flue gases, but identifies “special venting systems”, the following requirements shall be satisfied by the manufacturer: • The referenced “special venting system” instructions shall be included with the appliance or equipment in- stallation instructions; and • The “special venting systems” shall be Product Ap- proved by the Board, and the instructions for that sys- tem shall include a parts list and detailed installation instructions. A copy of all installation instructions for all Product Ap- proved side wall horizontally vented gas fueled equip- ment, all venting instructions, all parts lists for venting instructions, and/or all venting design instructions shall remain with the appliance or equipment at the completion of the installation. See Gas Connection section for additional Common- wealth of Massachusetts requirements. Note: The following requirements reference various Massachusetts and national codes not contained in this document. 7Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 2 2 Getting Started A. Design and Installation Considerations WARNING! Risk of Fire or Explosion! Read all instruc- tions before starting the installation. Heat & Glo direct vent gas appliances are designed to operate with all combustion air siphoned from outside of the building and all exhaust gases expelled to the outside. No additional outside air source is required. Installation MUST comply with local, regional, state and national codes and regulations. Consult insurance carrier, local building inspector, fire officials or authorities having jurisdiction over restrictions, installation inspection and permits. Before installing, determine the following: • Where the appliance is to be installed. • The vent system configuration to be used. If Passive Heat will be installed, consider location of discharge opening in relation to venting and other construction materials. • Gas supply piping requirements. • Provisions for optional heat management system(s). • Electrical wiring requirements. • Framing and finishing details. • Whether optional accessories—devices such as a fan, wall switch, or remote control—are desired. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service or maintenance can cause injury or property damage. For assistance or additional information, consult a qualified service technician, service agency or your dealer. Installation and service of this appliance should be performed by qualified personnel. Hearth & Home Technologies recommends HHT Factory Trained or NFI certified professionals. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/208 B. Good Faith Wall Surface NOTICE: Surface temperatures listed above are taken with a temperature measuring probe as prescribed by the test standard used for appliance certification. Temperatures on walls or mantels taken with an infrared thermometer may yield increased temperatures of up to 30 °F (17 °C) or more depending on the thermometer settings and material characteristics being measured. Use appropriate finishing materials that are able to withstand these conditions. For additional finishing guidelines, see Section 10. If installing a television (TV) above the appliance, see Section 3 of the appliance Owner’s Manual. Figure 2.2 Good Faith Wall Surface Temperatures Above Appliance (MEZZO60-C/MEZZO60ST-C/MEZZO72-C/MEZZO72ST-C) Figure 2.3 Good Faith Wall Surface Temperatures Above Appliance with Passive Heat Kit Installed Figure 2.1 Good Faith Wall Surface Temperatures Above Appliance (MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C/MEZZO48-C/MEZZO48ST-C) MEASUREMENTS FROMTOP EDGE OF THE OPENING 6 in. 18 in. 24 in. 30 in. 36 in. 48 in. 42 in. 12 in.144°F APPLIANCE FRONT 120°F 115°F 105°F 95°F 95°F 95°F 95°F FIREPLACE OPENING FACTORY-SUPPLIED NON-COMBUSTIBLEBOARD SHOWN INSTALLED. OPTIONAL PASSIVE HEAT KIT INSTALLEDThe MEZZO-C models may be installed with or without optional heat management systems, including the Pas- sive Heat kit. The installation of a heat management sys- tem will affect certain aspects of the appliance installation including framing dimensions and clearances to combus- tibles. Note that Figure 2.3 in this section refers to the wall surface temperatures when the Passive Heat kit is installed. APPLIANCE FRONT MEASUREMENTS FROM TOP EDGE OF THE FIREPLACE OPENING 6 in. 18 in. 24 in. 30 in. 36 in. 42 in. 12 in.170°F 155°F 145°F 140°F 130°F 125°F 125°F FACTORY-SUPPLIED NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD SHOWN INSTALLED. FIREPLACE OPENING MEASUREMENTS FROMTOP EDGE OF THE OPENING 6 in. 18 in. 24 in. 30 in. 36 in. 42 in. 12 in.245°F APPLIANCE FRONT 190°F 155°F 140°F 135°F 125°F 125°F FIREPLACE OPENING FACTORY-SUPPLIED NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD SHOWN INSTALLED. 9Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 C. Tools and Supplies Needed Before beginning the installation be sure that the following tools and building supplies are available. Hand Tools Tape measure Level Framing material Manometer Framing square Voltmeter Electric drill and bits (1/4 in.) Plumb line Safety glasses/Gloves Wrenches Reciprocating saw 1/4 in. nut driver Non-corrosive leak check solution 1/2 - 3/4 in. length, #6 or #8 Self-drilling screws Caulking material (300 ºF minimum continuous exposure rating) D. Inspect Appliance and Components WARNING! Risk of Fire or Explosion! Damaged parts could impair safe operation. DO NOT install damaged, in- complete or substitute components. Keep appliance dry. WARNING! Risk of Fire, Explosion or Electric Shock! DO NOT use this appliance if any part has been under water. Call a qualified service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any part of the control system and/or gas control which has been under water. • Carefully remove the appliance and components from the packaging. • The vent system components and decorative barrier fronts may be shipped in separate packages. • If packaged separately, the media, refractory, and/or optional log kits must be installed. • Report to your dealer any parts damaged in shipment, particularly the condition of the glass. • This product is factory-equipped with an IntelliFire Touch® remote control, which was paired to the appliance at the factory. This specific remote control needs to remain with the contents of the manual bag. Do not install batteries in the remote control until performing the final appliance setup and checklist. Hearth & Home Technologies disclaims any responsibility for, and the warranty will be voided by, the following actions: • Installation and use of any damaged appliance or vent system component. • Modification of the appliance or vent system. • Installation other than as instructed by Hearth & Home Technologies. • Improper positioning of the logs/media (as applicable) or the glass assembly. • Installation and/or use of any component part not approved by Hearth & Home Technologies. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2010 3 3 Framing and Clearances A. Appliance/Decorative Barrier Front Dimension Diagrams Dimensions are actual appliance dimensions. Use for reference only. For framing dimensions and clearances refer to Section 5. Figure 3.1 Appliance Dimensions - MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C Location MEZZO36-C MEZZO48-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters A 49-1/2 1257 61-1/2 1562 B 39-1/4 997 51-1/8 1299 C 15-5/8 397 15-5/8 397 D 42-1/2 1080 42-1/2 1080 E 4 102 4 102 F 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 G 63 1600 63 1600 H 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 I 1 25 1 25 J 46-3/16 1173 58 1473 K 17-1/8 435 17-1/8 435 Location MEZZO36-C MEZZO48-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters L 8 203 8 203 M 18-5/8 473 18-5/8 473 N 41-3/4 1061 41-3/4 1061 O 2-3/8 60 2-3/8 60 P 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 Q 24-1/2 622 24-1/2 622 R 7-1/4 184 7-1/4 184 S 8-7/8 225 8-7/8 225 T 2-3/4 70 2-3/4 70 U 23-3/4 603 23-3/4 603 V 36-5/8 930 36-5/8 930 H IJ KM oCENTERED ON APPLIANCEL N O P T U V BA C D Q S R GAS ACCESS ELECTRICAL ACCESS E F G HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS KNOCKOUTS IMPORTANT: Must use appropriate knockout(s) for the selected Heat Management System. See Section 6. 11Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Location MEZZO60-C MEZZO72-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters A 74 1880 86 2184 B 63-1/8 1603 75-1/8 1908 C 15-5/8 397 15-5/8 397 D 48-1/2 1232 48-1/2 1232 E 4 102 4 102 F 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 G 63 1600 75 1905 H 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 I 1 25 1 25 J 70 1778 82 2083 K 17-1/8 435 17-1/8 435 Location MEZZO60-C MEZZO72-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters L 8 203 8 203 M 18-5/8 473 18-5/8 473 N 47-3/4 1213 47-3/4 1213 O 2-3/8 60 2-3/8 60 P 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 Q 24-1/2 622 24-1/2 622 R 7-1/4 184 N/A N/A S 8-7/8 225 8-7/8 225 T 2-3/4 70 2-3/4 70 U 23-3/4 603 23-3/4 603 V 36-1/2 927 36-1/2 927 Figure 3.2 Appliance Dimensions - MEZZO60-C, MEZZO72-C oCENTERED ON APPLIANCEL H IJ KM HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS KNOCKOUTS IMPORTANT: Must use appropriate knockout(s) for the selected Heat Management System. See Section 6. ELECTRICAL ACCESSGAS ACCESS BA C V Q S R N O P D U T E F G Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2012 Figure 3.3 Appliance Dimensions - MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C Location MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48ST-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters A 50 1270 62 1575 B 39-1/4 997 51-1/8 1299 C 15-5/8 397 15-5/8 397 D 42-1/2 1080 42-1/2 1080 E 4 102 4 102 F 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 G 63 1600 63 1600 H 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 I 1/2 13 1/2 13 J 46-3/16 1173 58 1473 K 17-1/8 435 17-1/8 435 Location MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48ST-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters L 8 203 8 203 M 18-1/8 460 18-1/8 460 N 41-3/4 1061 41-3/4 1061 O 2-3/8 60 2-3/8 60 P 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 Q 24-1/2 622 24-1/2 622 R 7-1/4 184 7-1/4 184 S 8-7/8 225 8-7/8 225 T 2-3/4 70 2-3/4 70 U 23-3/4 603 23-3/4 603 V 36-1/2 927 36-1/2 927 oCENTERED ON APPLIANCEL H IJ HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS KNOCKOUTS IMPORTANT: Must use appropriate knockout(s) for the selected Heat Management System. See Section 6. G E F C D ELECTRICAL ACCESS BA Q S R GAS ACCESS T U V N O P KM 13Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 3.4 Appliance Dimensions - MEZZO60ST-C, MEZZO72ST-C Location MEZZO60ST-C MEZZO72ST-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters A 74 1880 86 2184 B 63-1/8 1603 75-1/8 1908 C 15-5/8 397 15-5/8 397 D 48-1/2 1232 48-1/2 1232 E 4 102 4 102 F 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 G 63 1600 75 1905 H 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 I 1/2 13 1/2 13 J 70 1778 82 2083 K 17-1/4 438 17-1/4 438 Location MEZZO60ST-C MEZZO72ST-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters L 8 203 8 203 M 18-1/4 464 18-1/4 464 N 47-3/4 1213 47-3/4 1213 O 2-3/8 60 2-3/8 60 P 8-9/16 218 8-9/16 218 Q 24-1/2 622 24-1/2 622 R 7-1/4 184 N/A N/A S 8-7/8 225 8-7/8 225 T 2-3/4 70 2-3/4 70 U 23-3/4 603 23-3/4 603 V 36-1/2 927 36-1/2 927 oCENTERED ON APPLIANCEL H IJ HEAT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS KNOCKOUTS IMPORTANT: Must use appropriate knockout(s) for the selected Heat Management System. See Section 6. KM O N P T U V F G E GAS ACCESS ELECTRICAL ACCESS Q S R C D GAS ACCESS BA Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2014 Figure 3.5 Loft Forge (Overlap Fit) Decorative Barrier Front Dimensions LOFT FORGE Decorative Barrier Front A B C D E FBarrier Mesh: Integral to Decorative Barrier Front Location MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters A 26-1/4 667 26-1/4 667 26-1/4 667 B 7-1/8 181 7-1/8 181 7-1/8 181 C 36-3/4 933 48-3/4 1238 60-3/4 1543 D 42-3/4 1086 54-3/4 1391 66-3/4 1695 E 13 330 13 330 13 330 F 19 483 19 483 19 483 Note: See Section 10 for hearth, mantel and finishing requirements. The Loft Forge decorative barrier front has an installed depth of 3/4 in. (19 mm), measured from the front of the non-combustible finishing material to the front of the decorative barrier front. IMPORTANT! This fireplace requires an installed decorative barrier front to prevent direct contact with the hot viewing glass. DO NOT operate the fireplace with the barrier removed. Decorative barrier front must be ordered at time of fireplace purchase. If decorative barrier front is not present, contact dealer. 15Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 3.6 Quattro (Overlap Fit) Decorative Barrier Front Dimensions QUATTRO DECORATIVE BARRIER FRONT A B C D E F G Barrier Mesh: Integral to Decorative Barrier Front Location MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters A 27-1/4 692 27-1/4 692 27-1/4 692 B 5-7/8 149 5-7/8 149 5-7/8 149 C 36-7/16 926 48-9/16 1234 60-9/16 1538 D 45-5/8 1159 57-1/8 1451 69-1/8 1756 E 12-1/2 318 12-1/2 318 12-1/2 318 F 21-3/8 543 21-3/8 543 21-3/8 543 G 29-1/8 740 40-1/2 1029 52-1/2 1334 Note: See Section 10 for hearth, mantel and finishing requirements. The Quattro decorative barrier front has an installed depth of 2-1/8 in. (54 mm), measured from the front of the non-combustible finishing material to the front of the decorative barrier front. IMPORTANT! This fireplace requires an installed decorative barrier front to prevent direct contact with the hot viewing glass. DO NOT operate the fireplace with the barrier removed. Decorative barrier front must be ordered at time of fireplace purchase. If decorative barrier front is not present, contact dealer. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2016 Figure 3.7 Clean Face Trim Front (Inside Fit) Decorative Barrier Front Dimensions CLEAN FACE TRIM DECORATIVE BARRIER FRONT Location MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C MEZZO72-C MEZZO72ST-C Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters A 39 991 51 1295 63 1600 75 1905 B 16-3/4 425 16-3/4 425 16-3/4 425 16-3/4 425 C 13-1/8 333 13-1/8 333 13-1/8 333 13-1/8 333 D 37-3/16 945 49-3/16 1249 61-3/16 1554 73-3/16 1859 E 40-5/16 1024 52-5/16 1329 64-5/16 1634 76-5/16 1938 F 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 G 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 H 25 635 25 635 25 635 25 635 H F C B E A D G Barrier Mesh: Integral to Decorative Barrier Front Note: See Section 10 for hearth, mantel and finishing requirements. IMPORTANT! This fireplace requires an installed decorative barrier front to prevent direct contact with the hot viewing glass. DO NOT operate the fireplace with the barrier removed. Decorative barrier front must be ordered at time of fireplace purchase. If decorative barrier front is not present, contact dealer. 17Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 B. Appliance Location and Clearances to Combustibles When selecting a location for the appliance it is important to consider the required clearances to walls and allow suf- ficient clearance for heat management systems venting. See Figure 3.8 and Figure 3.9. WARNING! Risk of Fire or Burns! Provide adequate clearance around air openings and for service access. Due to high temperatures, the appliance should be located out of traffic and away from furniture and draperies. NOTICE: Illustrations reflect typical installations and are FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY. Illustrations/diagrams are not drawn to scale. Actual installation may vary due to individual design preference. Figure 3.8 Appliance Locations: MEZZO Single-Sided Models Model A B C D E F G H MEZZO36-C Inches 62-1/2 48-1/4 88-1/8 See Section 10, Figure 10.17 and 10.18. 24-1/2 18-3/4 1 50 Millimeters 1588 1226 2238 622 476 25 1270 MEZZO48-C Inches 70-3/4 60-1/4 100-3/8 28-1/2 18-3/4 1 62 Millimeters 1797 1530 2550 724 476 25 1575 MEZZO60-C Inches 79-1/2 72-1/4 112-3/8 31-3/4 18-3/4 1 74 Millimeters 2019 1835 2854 807 476 25 1880 MEZZO72-C Inches 88 84-1/4 124-3/8 35-1/4 18-3/4 1 86 Millimeters 2235 2140 3159 895 476 25 2184 B C A BG F E H G D Refer to Section 10 for hearth, mantel and wall projection information. If a Heat Management System will be installed, refer to Section 6.B for information. B 18 in. (457 mm) required when Passive Heat Side Discharge Kit is installed. Refer to the Passive Heat kit instructions for more information. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2018 Figure 3.9 Appliance Locations: MEZZO See-Through Models NOTICE: This See-Through appliance is NOT designed or approved for an indoor/outdoor application. MODEL A B C D E MEZZO36ST-C Inches 48-1/4 17-1/8 48 1/2 1 Millimeters 1226 435 1219 13 25 MEZZO48ST-C Inches 60-1/4 17-1/8 48 1/2 1 Millimeters 1530 435 1219 13 25 MEZZO60ST-C Inches 72-1/4 17-1/8 48 1/2 1 Millimeters 1835 435 1219 13 25 MEZZO72ST-C Inches 84-1/4 17-1/8 48 1/2 1 Millimeters 2140 435 1219 13 25 CC B A D D E E 19Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 B D A HEADER DEPTH** C APPLIANCE MAY BE INSTALLED OFF OF FLOOR*** Figure 3.10 Clearances to Combustibles-MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C, MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* MEZZO36-C A B C D E F G Rough Opening (Vent Pipe) Rough Opening (Height) Rough Opening (Depth) Rough Opening (Width) Clearance to Ceiling Combustible Floor Combustible Flooring Inches 10 42 18-1/4 48-1/4 31 0 0 Millimeters 254 1067 464 1226 787 0 0 * = Adjust framing dimensions for interior sheathing (such as sheetrock) **= Header depth not to exceed 3-1/2 inches. ***= If appliance is installed off of floor, maintain required clearances to combustibles. Construct platform in accordance with local building codes NOTE: E & K dimensions will change if Passive Heat option is installed. Reference the instructions included with the Passive Heat Kit for dimensions. MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* MEZZO36-C H I J K Behind Appliance Sides of Appliance Front of Appliance Clearance to Ceiling Inches 1 1 48 55-1/2 Millimeters 25 25 1219 1410 F G J I E H K CEI L I N G MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* MEZZO48-C A B C D E F G Rough Opening (Vent Pipe) Rough Opening (Height) Rough Opening (Depth) Rough Opening (Width) Clearance to Ceiling Combustible Floor Combustible Flooring Inches 10 42 18-1/4 60-1/4 31 0 0 Millimeters 254 1067 464 1530 787 0 0 MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* MEZZO48-C H I J K Behind Appliance Sides of Appliance Front of Appliance Clearance to Ceiling Inches 1 1 48 55-1/2 Millimeters 25 25 1219 1410 NOTE: Header MUST be installed on end as shown in diagram. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2020 Figure 3.11 Clearances to Combustibles-MEZZO60-C, MEZZO72-C * = Adjust framing dimensions for interior sheathing (such as sheetrock) **= Header depth not to exceed 3-1/2 inches. ***= If appliance is installed off of floor, maintain required clearances to combustibles. Construct platform in accordance with local building codes MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* MEZZO60-C A B C D E F G Rough Opening (Vent Pipe) Rough Opening (Height) Rough Opening (Depth) Rough Opening (Width) Clearance to Ceiling Combustible Floor Combustible Flooring Inches 10 48 18-1/4 72-1/4 31 0 0 Millimeters 254 1219 464 1835 787 0 0 MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* MEZZO72-C A B C D E F G Rough Opening (Vent Pipe) Rough Opening (Height) Rough Opening (Depth) Rough Opening (Width) Clearance to Ceiling Combustible Floor Combustible Flooring Inches 10 48 18-1/4 84-1/4 31 0 0 Millimeters 254 1219 464 2140 787 0 0 NOTE: E & K dimensions will change if Passive Heat option is installed. Reference the instructions included with the Passive Heat Kit for dimensions. MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* MEZZO72-C H I J K Behind Appliance Sides of Appliance Front of Appliance Clearance to Ceiling Inches 1 1 48 55-1/2 Millimeters 25 25 1219 1410 MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* MEZZO60-C H I J K Behind Appliance Sides of Appliance Front of Appliance Clearance to Ceiling Inches 1 1 48 55-1/2 Millimeters 25 25 1219 1410 B D A HEADER DEPTH** C APPLIANCE MAY BE INSTALLED OFF OF FLOOR*** F G J I E H K CEI L I N G NOTE: Header MUST be installed on end as shown in diagram. 21Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 3.12 Clearances to Combustibles-MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* A B C D E F G Rough Opening (Vent Pipe) Rough Opening (Height) Rough Opening (Depth) Rough Opening (Width) Clearance to Ceiling Combus- tible Floor Combustible Flooring MEZZO36ST-C in.10 42 17 48-1/4 31 0 0 mm 254 1067 432 1226 787 0 0 MEZZO48ST-C in.10 42 17 60-1/4 31 0 0 mm 254 1067 432 1530 787 0 0 * = Adjust framing dimensions for interior sheathing (such as sheetrock) **= Header depth not to exceed 3-1/2 inches. ***= If appliance is installed off of floor, maintain required clearances to combustibles. Construct platform in accordance with local building codes. F G H E I J E=MEASUREMENT FROM TOP OF FIREPLACE OPENING TO CEILING J=MEASUREMENT FROM BOTTOM OF FIREPLACE TO CEILING NOTE: E & J dimensions will change if Passive Heat option is installed. Reference the instructions included with the Passive Heat Kit for dimensions. MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* H I J Sides of Appliance Front or Rear of Appliance Clearance to Ceiling MEZZO36ST-C in.1 48 55-1/2 mm 25 1219 1410 MEZZO48ST-C in.1 48 55-1/2 mm 25 1219 1410 C A B D HEADER DEPTH**HEADER DEPTH** APPLIANCE MAY BE INSTALLED OFF OF FLOOR*** NOTE: Header MUST be installed on end as shown in diagram. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2022 Figure 3.13 Clearances to Combustibles-MEZZO60ST-C, MEZZO72ST-C MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* A B C D E F G Rough Opening (Vent Pipe) Rough Opening (Height) Rough Opening (Depth) Rough Opening (Width) Clearance to Ceiling Combustible Floor Combustible Flooring MEZZO60ST-C in.10 48 17 72-1/4 31 0 0 mm 254 1219 432 1835 787 0 0 MEZZO72ST-C in.10 48 17 84-1/4 31 0 0 mm 254 1219 432 2140 787 0 0 MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS* H I J K Sides of Appliance Front or Rear of Appliance Clearance to Ceiling Clearance to Chase Ceiling (Passive Heat Front & Side Only) MEZZO60ST-C in.1 48 55-1/2 74-1/2 mm 25 1219 1410 1892 MEZZO72ST-C in.1 48 55-1/2 94 mm 25 1219 1410 2388 * = Adjust framing dimensions for interior sheathing (such as sheetrock) **= Header depth not to exceed 3-1/2 inches. ***= If appliance is installed off of floor, maintain required clearances to combustibles. Construct platform in accordance with local building codes. F G H E I J E=MEASUREMENT FROM TOP OF FIREPLACE OPENING TO CEILING J=MEASUREMENT FROM BOTTOM OF FIREPLACE TO CEILING NOTE: E & J dimensions will change if Passive Heat option is installed. Reference the instructions included with the Passive Heat Kit for dimensions. C A B D HEADER DEPTH**HEADER DEPTH** APPLIANCE MAY BE INSTALLED OFF OF FLOOR*** NOTE: Header MUST be installed on end as shown in diagram. 23Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Front Discharge: Air conveyed into the room through one front discharge slot. Figure 3.14 Passive Heat Front Discharge Framing Dimensions with Clean Face Finish or Trim Kit WARNING! Risk of Fire! Wire mesh required on bottom of discharge opening when discharge opening is greater than 3 inches. Secure mesh to top of framing. Framing Dimensions - Passive Heat Front Discharge (PH-FRT) Single-Sided or See-Through CHASE DETAIL FRONT DISCHARGE MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS A B C D E FTRIM KIT* (PH-TRIM) NO TRIM KIT** Height of Discharge Opening Minimum Height of Discharge Opening Minimum Clearance to Framing Width of Discharge Opening Clearance to Top of Discharge Opening from Bottom of Appliance Clearance from Bottom of Appliance to Bottom of Discharge Opening Minimum Clearance Discharge Opening to Ceiling MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C Inches 3-1/2 2 48 36-1/2 74-1/2 72-1/2 51-1/2 millimeters 89 51 1219 927 1892 1842 1308 MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C Inches 3-1/2 2 48 48-1/2 74-1/2 72-1/2 51-1/2 millimeters 89 51 1219 1232 1892 1842 1308 MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C Inches 3-1/2 2 48 60-1/2 74-1/2 72-1/2 51-1/2 millimeters 89 51 1219 1537 1892 1842 1308 MEZZO72-C MEZZO72ST-C Inches 3-1/2 2 67-1/2 72-1/2 94 92 71 millimeters 89 51 1715 1842 2388 2337 1803 * Measurement for Trim Kit = 3-1/2 in. + additional finishing material thickness. Figure 3.15 shows vent cover dimensions. ** Measurement for without trim kit = 2 in. + additional finishing material thickness. If discharge opening is greater than 3 inches, wire mesh is required. ROOM CEILING 1-1/2 IN. (2 X 4 FRAMING) 2 IN. MIN. TV 1/2 IN. X 1/2 IN. WIRE MESH** CHASE CEILING (REQUIRED) WIRE MESH** = PASSIVE HEAT DISCHARGE OPENING A E D C B APPLIANCE MAY BE INSTALLED OFF OF FLOOR F Î Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2024 Figure 3.15 Passive Heat Front Discharge - Vent Cover Dimensions C D B A SIDE DISCHARGE FRAMING DIMENSIONS A B C D Inside Height Inside Width Outside Height Outside Width PHTRIM-36C Inches 2-9/16 36-1/2 5-5/8 38-3/8 millimeters 65 927 143 975 PHTRIM-48C Inches 2-9/16 48-1/2 5-5/8 50-3/8 millimeters 65 1232 143 1280 PHTRIM-60C Inches 2-9/16 60-1/2 5-5/8 62-3/8 millimeters 65 1537 143 1585 PHTRIM-72C Inches 2-9/16 72-1/2 5-5/8 74-3/8 millimeters 65 1842 143 1889 Passive Heat Front Discharge (PH-FRT) Trim Kit Vent Cover Dimensions Î 25Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 3.16 Passive Heat Side Discharge Framing Dimensions Framing Dimensions - Passive Heat Side Discharge (PH-SIDE) Single-Sided or See-Through WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT place combustible objects or combustible materials in non-combustible zone. Appliance and combustible materials will overheat. SIDE DISCHARGE FRAMING DIMENSIONS A B C D E F Height of Discharge Opening Width of discharge Opening Minimum Clearance Discharge Opening to Ceiling Minimum Clearance Bottom of Appliance to Ceiling Minimum Clearance to Combustible Materials Minimum Clearance Discharge Opening to Ceiling MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C Inches 12-1/4 8-3/4 62-3/4 76-1/2 18 52 millimeters 311 222 1594 1943 457 1321 MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C Inches 12-1/4 8-3/4 62-3/4 76-1/2 18 52 millimeters 311 222 1594 1943 457 1321 MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C Inches 12-1/4 8-3/4 51-1/2 76-1/2 18 52 millimeters 311 222 62-3/4 1943 457 1321 MEZZO72-C MEZZO72ST-C Inches 12-1/4 8-3/4 81-1/4 95 18 70-1/2 millimeters 311 222 2064 2413 457 1791 CHASE DETAIL Side Discharge: Air conveyed into the room through two discharge registers, one on each side of appliance. ROOM CEILING 1-1/2 IN. (2 X 4 FRAMING) = PASSIVE HEAT DISCHARGE OPENING DISCHARGE OPENING CHASE CEILING ZONE CHASE CEILING (REQUIRED) E B A C D E = NON-COMBUSTIBLE ZONE (BOTH SIDES) APPLIANCE MAY BE INSTALLED OFF OF FLOOR F Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2026 Figure 3.17 Passive Heat Minimum Framing Dimensions Open Top Discharge OPEN TOP DISCHARGE MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS A*B C D Minimum Height of Discharge Opening Clearance to Framing Width of Discharge Opening Minimum Clearance Discharge Opening to Ceiling MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C Inches 2 48 36-1/2 50 millimeters 51 1219 927 1270 MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C Inches 2 48 48-1/2 50 millimeters 51 1219 1232 1270 MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C Inches 2 48 60-1/2 50 millimeters 51 1219 1537 1270 MEZZO72-C MEZZO72ST-C Inches 2 67-1/2 72-1/2 69-1/2 millimeters 51 1715 1842 1765 * Wire mesh required for front discharge or open top discharge passive heat installations with discharge opening of 3 inches or greater. Framing Dimensions - Passive Heat Open Top Discharge Single-Sided or See-Through WARNING! Risk of Fire! Wire mesh required on bottom of discharge opening when discharge opening is greater than 3 inches. Secure mesh to top of framing. Open Top Discharge: Both sides and the top are open allowing air to be conveyed into the room. C A B D 27Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Framing Dimensions - Passive Heat Open Top Discharge Single-Sided or See-Through Figure 3.18 Clearances to Combustibles - Ducted Passive Heat Front Discharge MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS FRONT DISCHARGE MODEL Ducted Passive Heat Kit A B C D E F G Height of Discharge Opening Width of Discharge Opening Clearance Opening to Framing Clearance Opening to Ceiling Clearance Bottom of Appliance to Ceiling Framing 2 X 4 Studs MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C PHFR-MCE-36 in.6 38-3/4 50-1/2 53-1/2 78 16 inches (406 mm) on center 3-1/2 mm 152 984 1283 1359 1981 89 MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C PHFR-MCE-48 in.6 50-7/8 50-1/2 53-1/2 78 3-1/2 mm 152 1292 1283 1359 1981 89 MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C PHFR-MCE-60 in.6 62-3/4 50-1/2 53-1/2 78 3-1/2 mm 152 1594 1283 1359 1981 89 MEZZO72-C MEZZO72ST-C PHFR-MCE-72 in.6 74-3/4 50-1/2 72 96-1/2 3-1/2 mm 152 1899 1283 1829 2451 89 Clearances to Combustibles Ducted Passive Heat Front Discharge Ducted Passive Heat Kit (PHFR-MCE) Single-Sided or See-Through C D E A B F F G Framing Dimensions - Ducted Passive Heat Front Discharge (PHFR-MCE) Single-Sided or See-Through Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2028 Figure 3.19 Clearances to Combustibles - Ducted Passive Heat Side Discharge Ducted Passive Heat Side Discharge (PHSI-MCE) Single-Sided or See-Through Clearances to Combustibles MINIMUM FRAMING DIMENSIONS SIDE DISCHARGE A B C D E F MODEL Ducted Passive Heat Kit Height of Discharge Opening Width of Discharge Opening Clearance Opening to Framing Clearance Opening to Ceiling Clearance Bottom of Appliance to Ceiling 2 X 4 Studs MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C PHSI-MCE in.16 10-3/16 50 52 76-1/2 3-1/2 mm 406 259 1270 1321 1943 89 MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C in.16 10-3/16 50 52 76-1/2 3-1/2 mm 406 259 1270 1321 1943 89 C B A D E F Framing Dimensions - Ducted Passive Heat Side Discharge (PHSI-MCE) Single-Sided or See-Through Note: Not for use with 60 inch and 72 inch models. 29Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 A chase is a vertical box-like structure built to enclose the gas appliance and/or its vent system. In cooler climates the vent should be enclosed inside the chase. NOTICE: Treatment of ceiling firestops and wall shield firestops and construction of the chase may vary with the type of building. These instructions are not substitutes for the requirements of local building codes. Therefore, you MUST check local building codes to determine the requirements to these steps. NOTICE: Where required by code, install only sprinkler heads with a sprinkler activation temperature classified as Extra High. • Sprinklers inside of chase: Keep sprinkler head away from vent and chimney. • Heat Management applications: Maintain 36 inches of clearance to openings from which heat is discharged such as convection slots, passive heat registers, heat zone registers, etc. Refer to Section 6.B for Heat Management options allowed for this appliance. Chases should be constructed and insulated in the same manner as the thermal envelope of the home based on the code requirements for that climate zone to prevent air leakage and draft problems. The chase is an extension of the building thermal envelope. To further prevent drafts and air leakage, the wall shield and ceiling firestops should be sealed with caulk or foil tape with a minimum of 300 ºF continuous exposure rating to seal gaps. Gas line holes and other openings should be sealed with caulk or foil tape with a minimum of 300 ºF continuous exposure rating or stuffed with unfaced insulation. If the appliance is being installed on a cement sur- face, a layer of plywood may be placed underneath to pre- vent conducting cold up into the room. Minimum height requirements for an exterior chase on a top-vented appliance are shown in Figure 3.20. Reference Figure 4.5 for additional clearances. NOTICE: Install appliance on hard metal or wood surfaces extending full width and depth. DO NOT install directly on carpeting, vinyl, or any combustible material other than wood. WARNING! Risk of Fire! Maintain specified air space clearances to appliance and vent pipe: • Insulation and other materials must be secured to prevent accidental contact. • The chase must be properly blocked to prevent blown insulation or other combustibles from entering and making contact with fireplace or chimney. • Failure to maintain airspace may cause overheating and a fire. Figure 3.20 Exterior Chase - Minimum Height Requirements MEZZO36 = 70 IN. MEZZO48 = 70 IN. MEZZO60 = 70 IN. MEZZO72 = 82 IN. A REQUIRED MINIMUM OFF TOP MEZZO36 = 18 IN. MEZZO48 = 18 IN. MEZZO60 = 18 IN. MEZZO72 = 30 IN. 3 IN. MIN. * NOTE: If overhang “A” is less than 2 inches, clearance from top of termination cap to bottom of overhang “B” MUST be a minimum of 4 inches. If A is two inches or greater, see Figure 4.4, “Minimum Clearances for Termination.” B* C. Constructing the Appliance Chase Note: Figure 3.10 and Figure 3.11 show the fireplace installed on the floor. However, this fireplace can be elevated off the floor provided that the fireplace is properly supported by framing materials and the ceiling clearances are maintained. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2030 Elevated Hearth Systems Some hearth systems will elevate the appliance off the floor at a given dimension. The elevation will also have to be added to the following: Wall penetration referenced in Figure 5.2 (Wall penetration) and Rough Opening Height (header height) referenced in Figure 3.10-3.13. Note: Finished floor thickness should also be considered when determining installation dimensions. D. Floor Protection NOTICE: Install appliance on hard metal or wood surfaces extending full width and depth. DO NOT install directly on carpeting, vinyl, tile or any combustible material other than wood. WARNING! Risk of Fire! Maintain specified air space clearances to appliance and vent pipe: • Insulation and other materials must be secured to prevent accidental contact. • The chase must be properly blocked to prevent blown insulation or other combustibles from entering and making contact with fireplace or chimney. • Failure to maintain airspace could cause overheating and fire. 31Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 B. Vent Termination Minimum Clearances Roof Pitch H (Min.) Ft Flat to 6/12...........................................................1.0* Over 6/12 to 7/12 .................................................1.25* Over 7/12 to 8/12 .................................................1.5* Over 8/12 to 9/12 .................................................2.0* Over 9/12 to 10/12 ...............................................2.5* Over 10/12 to 11/12 .............................................3.25 Over 11/12 to 12/12 .............................................4.0 Over 12/12 to 14/12 .............................................5.0 Over 14/12 to 16/12 .............................................6.0 Over 16/12 to 18/12 .............................................7.0 Over 18/12 to 20/12 .............................................7.5 Over 20/12 to 21/12 .............................................8.0 Figure 4.1 Minimum Height From Roof to Lowest Discharge Opening HORIZONTALOVERHANG VERTICALWALL GAS DIRECT VENT TERMINATION CAP 12 X ROOF PITCHIS X/ 12 LOWEST DISCHARGE OPENING 2 FT.MIN.20 INCHES MIN. H (MIN.) - MINIMUM HEIGHT FROM ROOF TO LOWEST DISCHARGE OPENING 4 4 Termination Location and Vent Information Fire Risk. Maintain vent clearance to combustibles as specified. • DO NOT pack air space with insulation or other materials. Failure to keep insulation or other materials away from vent pipe could cause overheating and fire. WARNING * H minimum may vary depending on regional snowfall. Refer to local codes. A. Approved Pipe WARNING! Risk of Fire, Delayed Ignition or Asphyxi- ation. This appliance requires a separate vent. DO NOT vent to a pipe serving any other appliance. This appliance is only approved for use with Hearth & Home Technologies DVP venting systems. Refer to Sec- tion 12.A for vent component information and dimensions. Only use listed decorative termination caps/shrouds with Hearth & Home Technologies approved venting systems. DO NOT mix pipe, fittings or joining methods from differ- ent manufacturers. The pipe is tested to be run inside an enclosed wall. There is no requirement for inspection openings at each joint within the wall. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2032 Figure 4.2 Staggered Termination Caps Wood or Fuel Oil Termination Cap B **Gas Termination Cap A * * If using decorative cap cover(s), this distance may need to be increased. Refer to the installation instructions supplied with the decorative cap cover. A B 6 in. (minimum) up to 20 in. 152 mm/508 mm 18 in. minimum 457 mm 20 in. and over 0 in. minimum ** If two gas terminations are present, they may be level (B = 0 inches) provided A is a minimum of 6 inches. CAUTION! Risk of Burns! Termination caps are HOT, consider proximity to doors, traffic areas or where people may pass or gather (sidewalk, deck, patio, etc.). Listed cap shields available. Contact your dealer. • Local codes or regulations may require different clearances. • Hearth & Home Technologies assumes no responsibility for the improper performance of the appliance when the venting system does not meet these requirements. • Vinyl protection kits are suggested for use with vinyl siding. • Measure horizontal and vertical termination cap clearances as noted in Figure 4.3 and Figure 4.4. Figure 4.3 CLEARANC E = 6 IN. H V V H=Measure Horizontal Distances from H V=Measure Vertical Distances from V H Figure 4.4 Measure Horizontal and Vertical Termination Clearance to Trapezoid Portion of Cap OVERHANG C E WALL C and E dimensions are defined in Figure 4.5. 33Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 C J B D B F B A EV V VV V V M H or i V G X V H AVV H Figure 4.5 Minimum Clearances for Termination X = AIR SUPPLY INLET V = VENT TERMINAL = AREA WHERE TERMINAL IS NOT PERMITTED Electrical Service V KV K V L C V C. Vent Terminal Clearances U.S.A.CANADA A Clearance above grade,veranda, porch, deck, or balcony 12 in. (305 mm)12 in. (305 mm) B Clearance to window or door that may be opened, or to permanently closed window U.S.A.: = 12 in. min. (305 mm min.) CANADA: = 12 in. min. (305 mm min.) C Clearance below unventilated soffit 18 in. (457 mm)18 in. (457 mm) Clearance below ventilated soffit 18 in. (457 mm)18 in. (457 mm) Clearance below any vinyl soffits and electrical service 30 in. (762 mm)30 in. (762 mm) D Clearance to outside corner 6 in. (152 mm)6 in. (152 mm) E Clearance to inside corner 6 in. (152 mm)6 in. (152 mm) F Not to be installed above a gas meter/regulator assembly within 3 feet horizontally from the center-line of the regulator 3 ft (914 mm)3 ft (914 mm) G Clearance to gas service regulator vent outlet 3 ft (914 mm)3 ft (914 mm) H Clearance to non-mechanical air supply inlet to building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance termination (mechanical or non-mechanical) 9 in. (229 mm min.) 12 in. (305 mm min.) I Clearance to a mechanical (powered) air supply inlet***(All mechanical air intakes within 10 feet of a horizontal termination cap must be a minimum of 3 feet below termination.)3 ft (914 mm)***6 ft (1.8 m) J On public property: clearance above paved sidewalk or a paved driveway.7 ft (2.1 m)7 ft (2.1 m)** **(A vent shall not terminate directly above a sidewalk or paved driveway which is located between two single family dwellings and serves both dwellings.) K Clearance from sides of electrical service 6 in. (152 mm)6 in. (152 mm) Location of the vent termination must not interfere with access to the electrical service. L Clearance above electrical service 12 in. (305 mm)12 in. (305 mm) Location of the vent termination must not interfere with access to the electrical service. M Clearance under veranda, porch, deck, balcony or overhang *(Permitted only if veranda, porch, deck, or balcony is fully open on a minimum of two sides beneath the floor.) 18 in. (457 mm)18 in. (457 mm)* Vinyl or composite overhang 42 in. (1067 mm)42 in. (1067 mm) U.S.A. Installations: In accordance with the current ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code. Canadian Installations: In accordance with the current CSA B149.1, Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2034 D. Use of Elbows Diagonal runs have both vertical and horizontal vent as- pects when calculating the effects. Use the rise for the vertical aspect and the run for the horizontal aspect. See Figure 4.6. Two 45º elbows may be used in place of one 90º elbow. On 45º runs, one foot of diagonal is equal to 8-1/2 inch (216 mm) horizontal run and 8-1/2 inch (216 mm) vertical run. A length of straight pipe is allowed between two 45º elbows. See Figure 4.6. Figure 4.7 shows the vertical and horizontal offsets for DVP elbows. Figure 4.6 HORIZONTAL VERTICAL RUN RI S E EFF E C T I V E LE N G T H Y X X X DVPPipe Effective Length Rise/Run Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters DVP4 4 102 2-3/4 70 DVP6 6 152 4-1/4 108 DVP12 12 305 8-1/2 216 DVP24 24 610 17 432 DVP36 36 914 25-1/2 648 DVP48 48 1219 34 864 DVP6A 3 to 6 76 to 152 2-1/8-4-1/4 54-108 DVP12A 3 to 12 76 to 305 2-1/8-8-1/2 54-216 Vent Type X Inches Millimeters DVP 16-1/4 413 Figure 4.7 Vertical and Horizontal Offset for DVP Elbows Vent Type X Y Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters DVP 6-5/8 168 16-1/2 419 35Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Measuring Standards: Vertical and horizontal measurements listed in the vent diagrams and clearances for termination were made using the following standards: • Pipe measurements are shown using the effective length of pipe. See Section 12.A (Figure 12.1), for information on effective length of pipe components. • Horizontal terminations are measured to the outside mounting surface (flange of termination cap). See Figure 4.9. • Vertical terminations are measured to top of last section of pipe. See Figure 4.10. • Horizontal pipe installed level with no rise. MEASURE TO SHADED SURFACE (OUTSIDE MOUNTING SURFACE) Figure 4.9 Measure to Outside Mounting Surface Figure 4.10 Measure to Top of Last Section of Pipe General Rules: • SUBTRACT 3 ft from the total H measurement for each 90º elbow installed horizontally. • SUBTRACT 1-1/2 ft from the total H measurement for each 45º elbow installed horizontally. • A maximum of three 90º elbows (or six 45º elbows) may be used in any vent configuration. Some elbows may be installed horizontally. See Figure 4.12 and Figure 4.19. • Elbows may be placed back to back anywhere in the system. • Any 90º elbow may be replaced with two back to back 45º elbows. • When penetrating a combustible wall, a wall shield firestop must be installed. • When penetrating a combustible ceiling, a ceiling firestop must be installed. • Horizontal runs of vent do not require vertical rise; horizontal runs may be level. • Horizontal termination cap should have a 1/4 inch downward slant to allow any moisture in cap to be released. See Figure 4.8. E. Vent Diagrams Figure 4.8 1/4 in. max. (6 mm)WALL Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2036 Figure 4.11 Top Vent - Horizontal Termination Venting with 1 elbow Fire Risk. Explosion Risk. Do NOT pack insulation or other combustibles between ceiling firestops. • ALWAYS maintain specified clearances around venting and firestop systems. • Install wall shield and ceiling firestops as specified. Failure to keep insulation or other material away from vent pipe could cause fire. WARNING Note: Use DVP Series components only. MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C, MEZZO60-C V1 Minimum H1 Maximum 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 6 ft.1.8 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 9 ft.2.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 12 ft.3.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 15 ft.4.6 m 7 ft.2.1 m 18 ft.5.5 m 8 ft.2.4 m 21 ft.6.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + H1 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT attach elbow directly to the appliance. • The MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48-C/MEZZO48ST-C and MEZZO60-C/MEZZO60ST-C require a minimum of 18 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. • The MEZZO72-C/MEZZO72ST-C requires a minimum of 30 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. MEZZO72ST-C V1 Minimum H1 Maximum 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 6 ft.1.8 m 4-1/2 ft.1.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 12 ft.3.7 m 7 ft.2.1 m 15 ft.4.6 m 8 ft.2.4 m 18 ft.5.5 m 9 ft.2.7 m 21 ft.6.4 m 10 ft.3.0 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + H1 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C, MEZZO60ST-C V1 Minimum H1 Maximum 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 3 ft.914 mm 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 6 ft.1.8 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 9 ft.2.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 12 ft.3.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 15 ft.4.6 m 7 ft.2.1 m 18 ft.5.5 m 8 ft.2.4 m 21 ft.6.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + H1 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum MEZZO72-C V1 Minimum H1 Maximum 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 6 ft.1.8 m 4-1/2 ft.1.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 12 ft.3.7 m 7 ft.2.1 m 15 ft.4.6 m 8 ft.2.4 m 18 ft.5.5 m 9 ft.2.7 m 21 ft.6.4 m 10 ft.3.0 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + H1 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum H1 V1 37Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 4.12 Top Vent - Horizontal Termination Venting with 2 elbows Note: Use DVP Series components only.MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C, MEZZO60-C V1 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 6 ft.1.8 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 9 ft.2.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 12 ft.3.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 15 ft.4.6 m 7 ft.2.1 m 18 ft.5.5 m 8 ft.2.4 m 21 ft.6.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + H1 + H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C, MEZZO60ST-C V1 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 3 ft.914 mm 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 6 ft.1.8 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 9 ft.2.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 12 ft.3.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 15 ft.4.6 m 7 ft.2.1 m 18 ft.5.5 m 8 ft.2.4 m 21 ft.6.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + H1 +H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum MEZZO72ST-C V1 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 6 ft.1.8 m 4-1/2 ft.1.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 12 ft.3.7 m 7 ft.2.1 m 15 ft.4.6 m 8 ft.2.4 m 18 ft.5.5 m 9 ft.2.7 m 21 ft.6.4 m 10 ft.3.0 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + H1 +H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum MEZZO72-C V1 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 6 ft.1.8 m 4-1/2 ft.1.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 12 ft.3.7 m 7 ft.2.1 m 15 ft.4.6 m 8 ft.2.4 m 18 ft.5.5 m 9 ft.2.7 m 21 ft.6.4 m 10 ft.3.0 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + H1 +H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT attach elbow directly to the appliance. • The MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48-C/MEZZO48ST-C and MEZZO60-C/MEZZO60ST-C require a minimum of 18 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. • The MEZZO72-C/MEZZO72ST-C requires a minimum of 30 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY H2 H1 V1 Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2038 Figure 4.13 MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C, MEZZO60ST-C V1 + V2 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 3 ft.914 mm 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 6 ft.1.8 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 9 ft.2.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 12 ft.3.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 15 ft.4.6 m 7 ft.2.1 m 18 ft.5.5 m 8 ft.2.4 m 21 ft.6.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + V2 + H1 + H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C, MEZZO60-C V1 + V2 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 6 ft.1.8 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 9 ft.2.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 12 ft.3.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 15 ft.4.6 m 7 ft.2.1 m 18 ft.5.5 m 8 ft.2.4 m 21 ft.6.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + V2 + H1 + H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum Note: Use DVP Series components only. MEZZO72ST-C V1 + V2 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 6 ft.1.8 m 4-1/2 ft.1.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 12 ft.3.7 m 7 ft.2.1 m 15 ft.4.6 m 8 ft.2.4 m 18 ft.5.5 m 9 ft.2.7 m 21 ft.6.4 m 10 ft.3.0 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + V2 + H1 +H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum MEZZO72-C V1 + V2 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 6 ft.1.8 m 4-1/2 ft.1.4 m 9 ft.2.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 12 ft.3.7 m 7 ft.2.1 m 15 ft.4.6 m 8 ft.2.4 m 18 ft.5.5 m 9 ft.2.7 m 21 ft.6.4 m 10 ft.3.0 m 24 ft.7.3 m V1 + V2 + H1 +H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 24 ft. (7.3 m) Maximum WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT attach elbow directly to the appliance. • The MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48-C/MEZZO48ST-C and MEZZO60-C/MEZZO60ST-C require a minimum of 18 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. • The MEZZO72-C/MEZZO72ST-C requires a minimum of 30 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. Top Vent - Horizontal Termination Venting with 3 Elbows H2 H1 V2 V1 39Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 4.14 Vertical Vent Maximum Note: If installing a vertical vent/termination off the top of the appliance, the optional exhaust restrictor may be needed. V = 2-1/2 ft Min. (762 mm), 50 ft. Max. (15.2 m) Top Vent - Vertical Termination No Elbows Note: Use DVP Series components only. V Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2040 Exhaust restrictors are recommended for these vertically terminated products which have excessive draft. Exhaust restrictors will compensate for high draft, and restore vi- sual flame height. If the vent configuration has a total vertical of 20-50 feet, the included exhaust restrictor may be needed. Figure 4.15 Exhaust Restrictor NOTICE: Before painting, contact your dealer for information on the appropriate high temperature paint. Exhaust restrictor: MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C, MEZZO60-C, MEZZO72-C 1. Locate the two pilot holes in the inside firebox cham- ber as shown in Figure 4.15. 2. Break the flue restrictor into two pieces. Do this by bending the part back and forth until it breaks. See Figure 4.16. 3. The setting for MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C, MEZ- ZO60-C and MEZZO72-C is a 2.5 inch setting, or 2-2. Align the holes marked “2” on the numbered exhaust restrictor piece with the hole on the other exhaust restrictor piece. See Figure 4.17. Align the exhaust restrictor pieces with the pilot holes in the inner firebox chamber. Use two 1/2 inch self-piercing screws to secure vent restrictor to firebox heat shield. 4. In some applications, such as those where the fire- place is elevated off the floor, the exhaust restrictor may be painted, but painting is not required. EXHAUST RESTRICTOR PILOT HOLES Figure 4.16 Break the Exhaust Restrictor 1 2 3 4 5 SETTING 1 2 3 4 5 BREAK HERE Exhaust restrictor Instructions Figure 4.17 Set the Exhaust Restrictor Exhaust restrictor: MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C MEZZO60ST-C, MEZZO72ST-C 1. Break the flue restrictor into two pieces. Do this by bending the part back and forth until it breaks. See Figure 4.16. Note: The MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C, MEZ- ZO60ST-C, and MEZZO72ST-C do not have pilot holes for the exhaust restrictor in the firebox chamber. 2. The setting for MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C, MEZ- ZO60ST-C, and MEZZO72ST-C is a 2.5 inch setting, or 2-2. Align the holes marked “2” on the numbered exhaust restrictor piece with the hole on the other ex- haust restrictor piece. See Figure 4.17. Center the exhaust restrictor on the vent and secure in place with two 1/2 inch self-piercing screws. 3. In some applications, such as those where the fire- place is elevated off the floor, the exhaust restrictor may be painted, but painting is not required. NOTICE: Before painting, contact your dealer for information on the appropriate high temperature paint. 41Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 4.18 Top Vent - Vertical Termination Venting with 2 elbows MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C, MEZZO60-C MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C, MEZZO60ST-C V1 + V2 Minimum H Maximum 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 4 ft.1.2 m 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 9 ft.2.7 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 12 ft.3.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 15 ft.4.6 m V1 + H1 + V2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum HTotal = 23 ft. (7.1 m) Maximum MEZZO72-C, MEZZO72ST-C V1 + V2 Minimum H Maximum 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 4 ft.1.2 m 3-1/2 ft.1.1 m 9 ft.2.7 m 4-1/2 ft.1.4 m 12 ft.3.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 15 ft.4.6 m V1 + H1 + V2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum HTotal = 23 ft. (7.1 m) Maximum WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT attach elbow directly to the appliance. • The MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48-C/MEZZO48ST-C and MEZZO60-C/MEZZO60ST-C require a minimum of 18 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. • The MEZZO72-C/MEZZO72ST-C requires a minimum of 30 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. Note: Use DVP Series components only. H1 V2 V1 Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2042 Figure 4.19 Top Vent - Vertical Termination Venting with 3 elbows Note: Use DVP Series components only. MEZZO36-C, MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48-C, MEZZO48ST-C MEZZO60-C, MEZZO60ST-C V1 + V2 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 1-1/2 ft.457 mm 4 ft.1.2 m 3 ft.914 mm 9 ft.2.7 m 4 ft.1.2 m 12 ft.3.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 15 ft.4.6 m V1 + V2 + H1 + H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 23 ft. (7.1 m) Maximum WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT attach elbow directly to the appliance. • The MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48-C/MEZZO48ST-C and MEZZO60/MEZZO60ST-C require a minimum of 18 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. • The MEZZO72-C/MEZZO72ST-C requires a minimum of 30 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. MEZZO72-C, MEZZO72ST-C V1 + V2 Minimum H1 + H2 Maximum 2-1/2 ft.762 mm 4 ft.1.2 m 4 ft.1.2 m 9 ft.2.7 m 5 ft.1.5 m 12 ft.3.7 m 6 ft.1.8 m 15 ft.4.6 m V1 + V2 + H1 + H2 = 63 ft. (19.2 m) Maximum H1 + H2 = 23 ft. (7.1 m) Maximum INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY H1 H2 V2 v1V1 43Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 A. Vent Clearances to Combustibles WARNING! Risk of Fire! Maintain air space clearance to vent. DO NOT pack insulation or other combustibles: • Between ceiling firestops • Between wall shield firestops • Around vent system Failure to keep insulation or other material away from vent pipe could cause overheating and fire. 5 5 Vent Clearances and Vent Framing Figure 5.1 Horizontal Venting Clearances To Combustible Materials Note: Heat shields MUST overlap by a minimum of 1-1/2 in. (38 mm). • DVP heat shield - designed to be used on a wall 4 in. to 7-1/4 in. (102 mm to 184 mm) thick. • If wall thickness is less than 4 in. the existing heat shields must be field trimmed. If wall thickness is greater than 7-1/4 in. a DVP-HSM-B will be required. (DVP Pipe Shown) 3 in. (76 mm) top clearance * 1 in. (25 mm) clearance bottom & sides Heat Shield Wall Shield Firestop Heat Shield WALL 3 in. (76 mm) top clearance 1 in. (25 mm) clearance around vertical sections Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2044 Figure 5.2 Wall Penetration B. Wall Penetration Framing/Firestops Combustible Wall Penetration Whenever a combustible wall is penetrated, you must frame a hole for the wall shield firestop(s). The wall shield firestop maintains minimum clearances and prevents cold air infiltration. • The opening must be framed on all four sides using the same size framing materials as those used in the wall construction. • SLP pipe - A wall shield firestop must be placed on each side of an interior wall. A minimum 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) overlap of attached heat shields must be maintained. • DVP pipe - A wall shield firestop is required on one side only on interior walls. If your local inspector requires a wall shield firestop on both sides, then both wall shield firestops must have a heat shield (refer to Section 12.A.) attached to them. • See Section 7.F. for information for regarding the instal- lation of a horizontal termination cap. Non-Combustible Wall Penetration If the hole being penetrated is surrounded by non-com- bustible materials such as concrete, a hole with diameter one inch greater than the pipe is acceptable. Whenever a non-combustible wall is penetrated, the wall shield firestop is only required on one side and no heat shield is necessary. DO NOT PACK VENT FRAMING HOLE WITH INSULATION OR OTHER MATERIAL. MODEL A* B MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C 64 in. 63 in. 1.63 m 1.60 m MEZZO72-C MEZZO72ST-C 76 in.75 in. 1.93 m 1.90 m * Shows center of vent framing hole for top venting. The center of the hole is one (1) in. (25.4 mm) above the center of the horizontal vent pipe. Note: Measurements for MEZZO36-C/MEZZO48-C and MEZZO60-C were taken with an 18 inch vertical section of pipe directly off the top of appliance. Measurements for MEZZO72-C were taken with an 30 inch vertical section of pipe directly off the top of appliance. A 10 in.12 in. B Note: Center of the horizontal vent pipe to the vertical measuring surface of a trap cap is 5 inches (127 mm). 45Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 D. Install Attic Insulation Shield WARNING! Fire Risk. The use of an attic shield is required to prevent loose materials or insulation from contacting the vent causing overheating and a fire. The International Fuel Gas Code requires an attic shield constructed of 26 gauge minimum steel that extends at least 2 in. (51 mm) above insulation. • Attic insulation shields must meet specified clearances to combustible materials and be secured in place. • An attic insulation shield kit is available from Hearth & Home Technologies. Contact your dealer to order. Install attic insulation shield according to instructions included with kit. C. Ceiling Firestop/Floor Penetra- tion Framing WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT pack insu- lation around the vent. Maintain clearances to vent to prevent overheating. A ceiling firestop MUST be used between floors and attics. • DVP pipe only - Frame an opening 10 in. by 10 in. (254 mm by 254 mm) whenever the vent penetrates a ceiling/floor (see Figure 5.3). • Frame the area with the same sized lumber as used in ceiling/floor joist. • The ceiling firestop may be installed above or below the ceiling joists when installed with an attic insulation shield. It must be under joists between floors that are not insulated. Refer to Figure 5.4. • Secure with two fasteners on each side. Figure 5.4 Installing the Attic Shield INSTALL ATTIC INSULATION SHIELDS BEFORE OR AFTER INSTALLATION OF VENT SYSTEM CEILING FIRESTOP INSTALLED BELOW CEILING CEILING FIRESTOP INSTALLED ABOVE CEILING Figure 5.3 Installing Ceiling Firestop ATTIC ABOVE A PIPE DVP A 10 in. (254 mm) A Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2046 6 6 Appliance Preparation CAUTION! Risk of Cuts, Abrasions or Flying Debris. Wear protective gloves and safety glasses during installation. Sheet metal edges are sharp. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT attach elbow directly to the appliance. • The MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ MEZZO48ST-C and MEZZO60-C/MEZZO60ST-C require a minimum of 18 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. • The MEZZO72-C/MEZZO72ST-C requires a minimum of 30 inches of vertical venting before attaching any elbow to the appliance. 4. Place the 1/8 inch thick, square fiberglass gasket over the initial vent section. 5. Place the fiberglass rope ring over the gasket. Ensure both the gasket and the rope ring are seated on the top of the appliance. See Figure 6.2 and Figure 6.3. Figure 6.2 Location of Fiberglass Rope Ring Figure 6.3 Fiberglass Rope Ring Installed GASKETGASKET ROPE RINGROPE RING A. Top Standoff Preparation Figure 6.1 Standoffs Shown in Vertical Position (See-Through Appliance Shown) 1. Rotate the four (4) top standoffs up into vertical position. 60 and 72 only: Push the standoff support tab on each standoff toward the center of the appliance and fasten it in place using the supplied screw and pilot hole. See Figure 6.1. Standoff Shipping Position Standoff Installation Position 2. Place a vent section on the starting collar. LOCATION FOR INSTALLATION OF FIBERGLASS ROPE RING TOP STANDOFFSTOP STANDOFFSSTANDOFFS STANDOFFS DOWNDOWN STANDOFFS STANDOFFS UPUP 47Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 B. Prepare For Heat Management Heat-Zone-Gas Adapter Kit (HZLIN-ADP) The HZLIN-ADP adapter kit is required for use with the Heat-Zone-Gas Kit and is necessary when the optional Heat-Zone-Gas Kit is installed on the MEZZO-C models. See Figure 6.5. Introduction An optional heat management system allows the heat from the appliance to be redirected as desired. An optional heat management system must be installed by a qualified service technician at the time of the appliance installation. Follow the instructions shipped with the kit for installation and operation. NOTICE: Additional clearances are required for heat management systems installations. Provisions must be made in advance to ensure fit within the framing. • Determine the heat management system(s) that will be installed. • Remove the appropriate knockout(s). • Remove insulation plug(s). • Center the duct collar around the exposed hole and attach it to the appliance. See Figure 6.5. Note: Do this BEFORE final positioning of the appliance. • Determine the location for the air register/fan housing assembly. Reference the appropriate instructions included with the heat management system kit for the remaining installation steps. Optional Heat Management Systems are: • HEAT-ZONE®-GAS: The heat is diverted into an adjacent room. • HEAT-OUT-GAS: The heat is diverted outside the home/building. • Passive Heat (PH-FRT, PH-SIDE): The heat is vented into the room in which the appliance is installed through a discharge opening(s). • Ducted Passive Heat (PHFR-MCE, PHSI-MCE) The heat is ducted into the room in which the appliance is installed through a discharge opening(s) using an insulated ducting system. PHSI-MCE side discharge available only for 36 and 48 inch sized appliances. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT block passive heat registers! Overheating of appliance and combustible materials will occur. The MEZZO-C models may utilize two Heat Management Systems, but not all are compatible. Approved combinations are: • HEAT-OUT-GAS: May be used with one HEAT-ZONE- GAS or one of the Passive Heat options (PH-FRT, PH- SIDE, PHFR-MCE, PHSI-MCE). • HEAT-ZONE-GAS: May be used with one HEAT-ZONE- GAS, one of the Passive Heat options (PH-FRT, PH- SIDE, PHFR-MCE, PHSI-MCE), or one additional HEAT-ZONE-GAS. • Passive Heat (PH-FRT, PH-SIDE, PHFR-MCE, PHSI- MCE): May be used with HEAT-ZONE-GAS or one HEAT-OUT-GAS. The dedicated knockouts must be used only as indicated in Figure 6.4. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT remove heat management knockout unless a heat management System will be connected at that location. Overheating of appliance and combustible materials will occur. PASSIVE HEAT, HEAT-OUT-GAS* OR HEAT-ZONE-GAS* PASSIVE HEAT ONLY PASSIVE HEAT HEAT-OUT-GAS* OR HEAT-ZONE-GAS* *Note: Remove only one of the outside knockouts if installing the HEAT-OUT-GAS or HEAT-ZONE-GAS. The other knockout is removed only if another heat management system is installed. Figure 6.4 Figure 6.5 Heat-Zone-Gas Linear Adapter Collar Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2048 Setting the Fireplace into the Framing The left and right nailing tabs were designed as a means to ensure the fireplace is mounted flush with the framing materials. See Figures 6.6-6.8. 1. The shipping flanges protrude further out from the ap- pliance than the side standoffs. The shipping flange may be bent upward or broken off in order to place the appliance into position in the framing. 2. Bend out all nailing tabs. The see-through model will have eight nailing tabs. The single-sided model will have four nailing tabs. 3. Screw each nailing tab to the adjoining framing material. Ensure that the one inch air space clearance is maintained on the sides and back of the fireplace. See Figures 3.8-3.12 for framing and clearance details. Figure 6.6 Nailing Tabs Shipping Position Figure 6.7 Nailing Tabs Installation Position SHIPPING SHIPPING FLANGEFLANGE NAILING NAILING TABTAB SHIPPING SHIPPING FLANGEFLANGE NAILING NAILING TABTAB 1 IN. STANDOFF1 IN. STANDOFF C. Securing and Leveling the Appliance The diagram shows how to properly position and secure the appliance. See Figure 6.8. Nailing tabs are provided to secure the appliance to the framing members. • Bend out nailing tabs on each side. • Place the appliance into position. • Keep nailing tabs flush with the framing. • Level the appliance from side to side and front to back. • Shim the appliance as necessary. It is acceptable to use wood shims underneath the appliance. • Secure the appliance to the framing by using nails or screws through the nailing tabs. Use a minimum of one fastener per nailing tab. • Optional: Secure the appliance to the floor by inserting two screws through the pilot holes at the bottom of the appliance. Some figures in manual show the fireplace installed on the floor. However, this fireplace can be elevated off the floor provided that the fireplace is properly supported by framing materials and the ceiling clearances are maintained. Risk of Fire! Prevent contact with: • Sagging or loose insulation • Insulation backing or plastic • Framing and other combustible materials WARNING DO NOT remove standoffs or notch the framing around the appliance standoffs. Failure to maintain air space clearance could cause overheating and fire. Block openings into the chase to prevent entry of blown-in insulation. Make sure insulation and other materials are secured. Securing and Leveling the Appliance 49Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 6.9 Install Factory-Included Non-Combustible Facing Material D. Installing Non-Combustible Facing Material WARNING! Risk of Fire! • Follow these instructions exactly. • Facing materials must be installed properly to prevent fire. • No materials may be substituted without authorization by Hearth & Home Technologies. • Remove protective cardboard sleeve from non- combustible facing pieces, which are included with the appliance. • Install non-combustible facing material to the appliance using the 1-1/4 inch screws supplied in the manual bag assembly. There may be extra screws included. • Attach top board to the framing members with regular sheetrock screws or nails. See Figure 6.9. • Attach left and right side pieces to framing members with regular sheetrock screws or nails. • Use a wet or dry towel or soft brush to remove dust or dirt from facing material. • See Section 10 for finishing materials guidelines. Figure 6.8 Proper Positioning and Securing of an Appliance NAILING TABS BOTH SIDES Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2050 7 7 Venting A. Assemble Vent Sections (DVP Pipe Only) Attach Vent to the Firebox Assembly Note: The end of the pipe sections with the lanced tabs will face toward the appliance. Attach the first pipe section to the starting collar: • Lanced pipe end of the starting collar. • Inner pipe over inner collar. • Push the pipe section until all lanced tabs snap in place. • Lightly tug on pipe to confirm it has locked. Assemble Pipe Sections Per Figure 7.2: • Start the inner pipe on the lanced end of section A into the flared end of section B. • Start the outer pipe of section A over the outer pipe of section B. • Once both vents sections are started, push firmly until all lanced tabs lock into place. • Lightly tug on the pipe to confirm the tabs have locked. It is acceptable to use screws no longer than 1/2 in. (13 mm) to hold outer pipe sections together. If predrilling holes, DO NOT penetrate inner pipe. For 90º and 45º elbows that are changing the vent direction from horizontal to vertical, one screw minimum should be put in the outer flue at the horizontal elbow joint to prevent the elbow from rotating. Use screws no longer than 1/2 in. (13 mm). If predrilling screw holes, DO NOT penetrate inner pipe. All outer pipe joints must be sealed using one of the meth- ods below, including the slip section that connects directly to the horizontal termination cap. • Apply a bead of silicone sealant (300 ºF minimum con- tinuous exposure rating) inside the female outer pipe joint prior to joining sections. See Figure 7.1 OR Apply a bead of silicone sealant (300 ºF minimum con- tinuous exposure rating) to the outside of connecting joint after joining sections OR Apply aluminum foil tape (300 ºF minimum continuous exposure rating) to the outside of connecting joint after joining sections. On horizontal pipe runs, it is recom- mended that the tape seam is positioned on the bottom side of the vent pipe. • Only outer pipes need to be sealed. All unit collar, pipe, slip section, elbow and cap outer flues shall be sealed in this manner, unless otherwise stated. WARNING! Risk of Fire or Explosion! DO NOT break silicone seals on slip sections. Use care when remov- ing termination cap from slip pipe. If slip section seals are broken during removal of the termination cap, vent could leak. WARNING! Risk of Fire or Explosion! Vent sections MUST be installed correctly. Improperly installed vent sections could leak or cause appliance to overheat. Requirement for Commercial, Multi-family (Multi-level ex- ceeding two stories), or High-Rise Applications Figure 7.2 A B Figure 7.3 LancesLances Figure 7.1 High Temperature Silicone Sealant 51Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 7.4 Seams Note: Make sure that the seams are not aligned to prevent unintentional disconnection. INCORRECT CORRECT NOTICE: When installing a vent system with an HRC termination cap, all pipe system joints shall be sealed using a high temperature silicone sealant (300 ºF minimum continuous exposure rating). • Apply a bead of silicone sealant (300 ºF minimum continuous exposure rating) inside the female outer pipe joint prior to joining sections. • Only outer pipes are sealed, sealing the inner flue is not required. • All unit collar, pipe, slip section, elbow and cap outer flues shall be sealed. B. Assemble Slip Sections • Slide the inner flue of the slip section into the inner flue of the pipe section and the outer flue of the slip section over the outer flue of the pipe section. See Figure 7.5. • Slide together to the desired length. Figure 7.5 Slip Section Pilot Holes Figure 7.6 Screws into Slip Section Pilot holePilot hole • Continue adding pipe as necessary following instructions in “Assembling Pipe Sections.” NOTICE: If slip section is too long, the inner and outer flues of the slip section can be cut to the desired length. • Maintain a 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) overlap between the slip section and the pipe section. • Secure the pipe and slip section with two screws no longer than 1/2 in. (13 mm), using the pilot holes in the slip section. See Figure 7.6. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2052 120º Figure 7.7 Securing Vertical Pipe Sections C. Secure the Vent Sections WARNING! Risk of Fire, Explosion or Asphyxiation! Improper support could allow vent to sag and separate. Use vent run supports and connect vent sections per in- stallation instructions. DO NOT allow vent to sag below connection point to appliance. • Vertical runs originating off the top of the appliance, with no offsets, must be supported every 8 feet (2.44 m) after the maximum allowed 25 feet (7.62 m) of unsupported rise. • Vertical runs originating off the rear of the appliance, or after any elbow, must be supported every 8 feet (2.44 m). • Horizontal runs must be supported every 5 feet (1.52 m). • Vent supports or plumbers strap (spaced 120º apart) may be used to support vent sections. See Figures 7.7 and 7.8. • Wall shield firestops may be used to provide horizontal support to vent sections. • SLP ceiling firestops have tabs that may be used to provide vertical support. 120º Figure 7.8 Securing Horizontal Pipe Sections D. Disassemble Vent Sections • Rotate either section (see Figure 7.9) so the seams on both pipe sections are aligned as shown in Figure 7.10. • Pull carefully to separate the pieces of pipe. Figure 7.10 Align and Disassemble Vent Sections Figure 7.9 Rotate Seams for Disassembly 53Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 E. Vertical Termination Requirements Install and Seal Metal Roof Flashing • See minimum vent heights for various pitched roofs (Section 4, Figure 4.1) to determine the length of pipe to extend through the roof. • Slide the roof flashing over the pipe sections extending through the roof as shown in Figure 7.13. • Use an elastomeric or silicone sealant with a minimum of 150 ºF temperature rating to seal the metal roof flashing. Figure 7.12 Insert Bolt into BracketsFigure 7.12 Insert Bolt into Brackets NOTICE: Failure to properly seal the roof flashing and pipe seams could permit entry of water. • Seal the gap between the roof flashing and the outside diameter of the pipe. • Seal the perimeter of the flashing where it contacts the roof surface. See Figure 7.11. • Seal the exposed pipe section seams that are located above the roof. SEAL Figure 7.11 Figure 7.11 Assemble and Install Storm Collar CAUTION! Risk of Cuts, Abrasions or Flying Debris. Wear protective gloves and safety glasses during instal- lation. Sheet metal edges are sharp. • Slide the storm collar onto the exposed pipe section and align brackets. • Insert a bolt (provided) through the brackets and install nut. Do not completely tighten. • Slide the assembled storm collar down the pipe section until it rests on the roof flashing. See Figure 7.12. • Tighten nut and make sure the collar is tight against the pipe section. • Seal around the top of the storm collar. See Figure 7.13. Note: When installing a silicone or EPDM pipe flashing boot on a metal roof, it is recommended to put a bead of 100% silicone sealant where the boot contacts the vent pipe to prevent the entry of water. Follow the manufacturer’s recom- mendations when installing the boot. Climate regions with frequent temperatures below - 50 °F (-45.6 °C) should use a silicone flashing boot. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2054 TERMINATION CAP (1 OF 3) SCREWS SEAL STORM COLLAR Install Vertical Termination Cap • Attach the vertical termination cap by sliding the inner collar of the cap into the inner flue of the pipe section while placing the outer collar of the cap over the outer flue of the pipe section. • Secure the cap by driving three self-tapping screws (supplied) through the pilot holes in the outer collar of the cap into the outer flue of the pipe. See Figure 7.13. Important Notice: Heat shields may not be field constructed. F. Horizontal Termination Requirements Heat Shield Requirements for Horizontal Termination WARNING! Risk of Fire! To prevent overheating and fire, heat shields must extend through the entire wall thick- ness. • DO NOT remove the heat shields attached to the wall shield firestop and the horizontal termination cap (shown in Figure 7.14). • Heat shields must overlap 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) mini- mum. There are two sections of the heat shield. One section is factory-attached to the wall shield firestop. The other section is factory-attached to the cap. See Figure 7.14. If the wall thickness does not allow the required 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) heat shield overlap when installed, an extended heat shield must be used. • If the wall thickness is less than 4 in./102 mm (DVP) or 4-3/8 in./ 111 mm (SLP), the heat shields on the cap and wall shield firestop must be trimmed. A minimum 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) overlap MUST be maintained. • Use an extended heat shield if the finished wall thickness is greater than 7-1/4 in. (184 mm). • The extended heat shield may need to be cut to length maintaining sufficient length for a 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) overlap between heat shields. • Attach the extended heat shield to either of the existing heat shields using the screws supplied with the extended heat shield. Refer to vent components diagrams in the back of this manual. • Rest the small leg on the extended heat shield on top of the pipe section to properly space it from the pipe section. Figure 7.13 Figure 7.13 55Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Note: When using termination caps with factory-supplied heat shield attached, no additional wall shield firestop is required on the exterior side of a combustible wall. Install Horizontal Termination Cap (DVP and SLP Pipe) WARNING! Risk of Fire! The telescoping flue section of the termination cap MUST be used when connecting vent. • 1-1/2 (38 mm) minimum overlap of flue telescoping section is required. Failure to maintain overlap could cause overheating and fire. • Vent termination must not be recessed in the wall. Siding may be brought to the edge of the cap base. • Flash and seal as appropriate for siding material at outside edges of cap. • When installing a horizontal termination cap, follow the cap location guidelines as prescribed by current ANSI Z223.1 and CAN/CGA-B149 installation codes and refer to Section 4 of this manual. CAUTION! Risk of Burns! Local codes may require in- stallation of a cap shield to prevent anything or anyone from touching the hot cap. NOTICE: For certain exposures which require superior resistance to wind-driven rain penetration, a flashing kit and HRC caps are available. When penetrating a brick wall, a brick extension kit is available for framing the brick. Figure 7.14 Venting Through the Wall INTERIOR HEAT SHIELD OREXTENDED HEAT SHIELDWALL SHIELDFIRESTOP HEAT SHIELD1-1/2 IN. (38 MM) MIN. OVERLAP SHEATHING SLIP SECTION CAN BE EXTENDED INNER VENT OUTER VENT EXTERIOR Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2056 A. General Information WARNING! Risk of Shock! DO NOT wire 110-120 VAC to the ignition module or to the appliance wall switch. (IPI) Incorrect wiring will damage controls. NOTICE: This appliance must be electrically wired and grounded in accordance with local codes or, in the absence of local codes, with National Electric Code ANSI/NFPA 70-latest edition or the Canadian Electric Code CSA C22.1. • Wire the appliance circuit using a minimum 14-2 AWG with ground to unswitched 110-120 VAC. This is required for proper operation of the appliance (IntelliFire® ignition). • A 110-120 VAC circuit for this product must be protected with ground-fault circuit interrupter protection, in compliance with the applicable electrical codes, when it is installed in locations such as in bathrooms or near sinks. • Low voltage and 110-120 VAC voltage cannot be shared within the same wall box. • In some instances, the spark ignition of the fireplace may cause intermittent, non-damaging, interference during the lighting sequence with a TV plugged into the same circuit. It is recommended that the fireplace and TV use different circuits to mitigate the interference potential. If interference is occurring on the same circuit, the use of surge protectors may help alleviate the interference. 8 8 Electrical Information 57Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Junction Box Installation WARNING! Risk of Shock! Label all wires prior to dis- connection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Verify proper operation after servicing. 1. Remove bottom panel by removing two screws. Screw locations are shown in Figure 8.1. After removing two screws, gently lift the panel and pull forward, avoiding contact with the non-combustible board if possible. 2. Remove insulation. 3. Remove screws on left and right sides of component heat shield and lift it out of the control cavity. See Figure 8.3 for location of component heat shield screws. 4. Remove the one screw that secures the junction box to the control tray panel. See Figure 8.2. 5. Route the wire through the strain relief in the outer wrap and up through the cutout located on the metal tray under the junction box. 6. Make the connection inside the junction box to the 110- 120V wire. Connect green to the ground nut, black to black, and white to white. 7. To reattach the junction box, insert one end of the junction box in the slot provided and securely screw the other end of the junction box to the control tray panel. 8. Reinstall component heat shield and insulation. Figure 8.2 Junction Box Detail CAUTION! Risk of Overheating! Component heat shield MUST be installed before operating appliance. Electrical components will be damaged. Figure 8.1 Bottom Panel Location Electrical Service and Repair WARNING! Risk of Shock! Label all wires prior to dis- connection when servicing controls. Wiring errors could cause improper and dangerous operation. Verify proper operation after servicing. WARNING! Risk of Shock! Replace damaged wire with type 105º C rated wire. Wire must have high temperature insulation. Figure 8.3 Valve Cavity (Lower Access Panel Removed) In the event that the junction box may need to be ac- cessed or installed after finish methods have been ap- plied, access is possible by removing the bottom glass shield. JUNCTION BOXJUNCTION BOXLED POWER SUPPLYLED POWER SUPPLYACMACM ECMECMBATTERY BATTERY TRAYTRAY COMPONENT HEAT SHIELDCOMPONENT HEAT SHIELD COMPONENT INSULATIONCOMPONENT INSULATION (Behind Component Heat Shield)(Behind Component Heat Shield) BOTTOM PANEL SCREW LOCATIONS BO T T O M P A N E L BO T T O M G L A S S S H I E L D LED DIMMERLED DIMMER RESET SWITCHRESET SWITCH SCREWSCREW SCREWSCREW Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2058 Accessories Requirements • This appliance ships standard with a remote control. Wiring for optional Hearth & Home Technologies approved accessories should be done now to avoid reconstruction. Follow instructions that come with those accessories. The junction box, control module, LED power supply and wall switch receiver can be accessed by removing the bottom glass shield and component heat shield. The decorative barrier front must be removed to access these components. See Figure 8.4. B. Wiring Requirements CAUTION! Risk of Overheating! Component heat shield MUST be installed before operating appliance. Electrical components will be damaged. CAUTION! Risk of Overheating! DO NOT remove com- ponent insulation from top of component heat shield. Electrical components will be damaged. NOTICE: Batteries should only be used as a power source in the event of an emergency power outage. Batteries should not be used as a primary long-term power source. Batteries tend to corrode over time. When using batteries as a power source, the 6 volt transformer must be unplugged from the receptacle. Do not store batteries in the battery pack when the appliance is powered by the 6 volt transformer connected to permanent electrical service. IntelliFire Touch Ignition System Wiring • Wire the appliance junction box to 110-120 VAC for proper operation of the appliance. WARNING! Risk of Shock or Explosion! DO NOT wire IPI controlled appliance junction box to a switched circuit. Incorrect wiring will override IPI safety lockout. • Refer to Figure 8.4 IntelliFire Touch (IPI) Wiring Diagram. • This appliance is equipped with an IntelliFire control valve which operates on a 6 volt system. 59Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 8.4 IntelliFire Touch Wiring Diagram LED LIGHT TRAY (36 INCH MODELS) TO JUNCTION BOX 110VAC LED LIGHT TRAY (60 INCH MODELS) LED LIGHT TRAY (72 INCH MODELS) LED LIGHT TRAY (48 INCH MODELS) IFT-RC400 REMOTE CONTROL TO JUNCTION BOX 110-120 VAC FLAME SENSE IGNITER 6 VAC TRANSFORMER JUNCTION BOX 110-120 VAC HO T NE U T R A L RF MODULE LEDDIMMER ORANGE (PILOT) RED BLK 6V DC BATTERY PACK BLK RED LEDPOWER SUPPLY BROWN HO T NE U T R A L DETAIL AJUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE SEE DETAIL A BLUEWHITE BLACK RED BLACK GREEN (MAIN) RESET SWITCH 2206-298 RESET SWITCH WIRE 2550-135 Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2060 A. Fuel Conversion • Make sure the appliance is compatible with available gas types. • Conversions must be made by a qualified service technician using Hearth & Home Technologies specified and approved parts. B. Gas Pressure • Verify inlet pressures. Verify minimum pressures when other household gas appliances are operating. • Install regulator upstream of valve if line pressure is greater than 1/2 psig. • Valve pressure taps are accessible by removing the decorative barrier front and the bottom glass shield. 9 9 Gas Information Gas Pressure Natural Gas Propane Minimum inlet pressure 5.0 in. w.c.11.0 in. w.c. Maximum inlet pressure 10.0 in. w.c.13.0 in. w.c. Manifold pressure 3.5 in. w.c.10.0 in. w.c. Note: Have the gas supply line installed in accordance with local codes, if any. If not, follow ANSI Z223.1. Installation should be done by a qualified installer approved and/or licensed as required by the locality. (In the Commonwealth of Massachusetts installation must be performed by a licensed plumber or gas fitter). Note: A listed (and Commonwealth of Massachusetts ap- proved) 1/2 in. (13 mm) T-handle manual shut-off valve and flexible gas connector are connected to the 1/2 in. (13 mm) control valve inlet. • If substituting for these components, please consult local codes for compliance.Fire Risk. Risk of Fire! Risk of Explosion! Incorrect pressure will damage valve. • Isolate gas supply piping BEFORE pressure testing gas line at test pressures above 1/2 psig. • Close the manual shutoff valve BEFORE pressure testing gas line at test pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psig. WARNING • Optimum appliance performance requires proper input pressures. • Gas line sizing requirements will be determined in ANSI Z223.1 National Fuel Gas Code in the USA and CAN/ CGA B149 in Canada. • Pressure requirements when in operation are: Figure 9.1 Valve Pressure Taps VALVE PRESSURE TAPSVALVE PRESSURE TAPS Note: This appliance does include a manual gas shutoff valve that is located in the valve compartment. This manual gas shutoff valve is accessible for service by removing the decorative barrier front and the bottom glass shield. The valve is most accessible if it is located forward in the control cavity of the appliance. Depending upon local code, an additional manual gas shutoff, in a readily accessible area may be required and located upstream from the appliance. The bottom panel is removable if finishing material is not installed. See Figure 9.2. If the finishing materials have been installed around the appliance opening, proceed as follows: 1. Remove bottom glass shield. 2. Remove screws on left and right sides of component heat shield and lift it out of the control cavity. Figure 9.2 Bottom Glass Shield and Bottom Panel Location CAUTION! Risk of Overheating! Component heat shield MUST be installed before operating appliance. Electrical components will be damaged. C. Gas Service Access BOTTOM PANEL SCREW LOCATIONS BO T T O M P A N E L BO T T O M G L A S S S H I E L D 61Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 PILOT SHIELDMEDIA TRAY BURNER 36 BURNER 48 BURNER 60 BURNER 72 Figure 9.3 Media Tray with Burner and Pilot Shield 3. Unplug the 6V transformer from the junction box. This will turn the power off to the appliance. 4. Turn the gas shutoff handle to the “OFF” position to shut off the gas supply. If additional access is needed, proceed as follows: 5. Remove glass assembly from appliance by unlatch- ing the top spring latches from the glass frame and lifting glass frame assembly out of the bottom brack- et. 6. Remove interior media and refractory from the appli- ance if already installed. 7. Remove the media tray. It is attached to the interior firebox bottom with eight screws. See Figure 9.3. 8. Remove the two screws that attach the pilot to the burner. 9. Remove the four screws securing the burner to the firebox sides and disengage burner from orifice. Re- move burner. See Figure 9.3. 10. Remove the eight screws that secure the glass window. Remove the glass window. Handle with care. See Figure 9.4. 11. Remove light tray from appliance by lifting up and out through the bottom glass opening. Figure 9.5 Gas Fitting Access with Bottom Glass Shield Removed Figure 9.4 Gas and Electrical Access - Remove Glass Window GAS VALVEGAS ACCESS Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2062 D. Gas Connection • Refer to Section 3 for location of gas line access in appliance. • Gas line may be run through the left side of appliance. • The gap between supply piping and gas access hole may be sealed with caulk or aluminum foil tape with a minimum of 300 ºF continuous exposure rating or stuffed with non-combustible, unfaced insulation to prevent cold air infiltration. • Ensure that gas line does not come in contact with outer wrap of the appliance. Follow local codes. • Pipe incoming gas line into valve compartment. • Connect incoming gas line to the 1/2 in. (13 mm) NPT connection on manual shutoff valve. WARNING! Risk of Fire or Explosion! Support control when attaching pipe to prevent bending gas line. WARNING! Risk of Fire or Explosion! Gas build-up during line purge could ignite. • A small amount of air will be in the gas supply lines. • Ensure adequate ventilation. • Ensure there are no ignition sources such as sparks or open flames. Light the appliance. It will take a short time for air to purge from lines. When purging is complete the appliance will light and operate normally. WARNING! Risk of Fire, Explosion or Asphyxiation! Check all fittings and connections with a non-corrosive commercially available leak-check solution. DO NOT use open flame. Fittings and connections could have loos- ened during shipping and handling. E. High Altitude Installations NOTICE: If the heating value of the gas has been reduced, these rules do not apply. Check with your local gas utility or authorities having jurisdiction. When installing above 2000 feet elevation: • In the USA: Reduce input rate 4% for each 1000 feet above 2000 feet. • In CANADA: Input ratings are certified without a reduction of input rate for elevations up to 4500 feet (1370 m)above sea level. Please consult provincial and/ or local authorities having jurisdiction for installations at elevations above 4500 feet (1370 m). Check with your local gas utility to determine proper orifice size. 63Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Shutter Setting Verification / Flame Appearance • After 15 minutes, the flames will be a yellow/blue mix. The front flames may be blue at this time. • After 30 minutes, the flames should be yellow with some blue flames near the burner ports. • After 1 hour, the flame will be at its maximum maturity. NOTICE: Flames should not appear orange or stretch to the top of the firebox. If flames are dark orange with dark, smoky tips, provide more primary air to the burner by opening the air shutter accordingly. Figure 9.6 Air Shutter Location F. Air Shutter Setting WARNING! Risk of Explosion or Delayed Ignition! Improperly adjusted air shutter could cause soot buildup. NOTICE: If sooting occurs, provide more air by opening the air shutter. Air shutter settings may be adjusted by a qualified install- er at the time of installation. The air shutter is set at the factory for minimum vertical vent run. Adjust air shutter for longer vertical runs. See Figure 9.6. Air shutter settings should be adjusted by a qualified ser- vice technician at the time of installation. The air shut- ter is set at the factory for a typical horizontal termination through a 2 X 6 wall. See Figure 4.11 Top Vent - Horizon- tal Termination With One Elbow. • Refer to Gas Service Access instructions in Section 9.C to access the air shutter. • Loosen the 1/4 in. screw. • Twist shutter to adjust. • Shutter may be open for longer horizontal vent runs. • Do not close the air shutter more than 1/16 in. for NG or 1/4 in. for propane. • Tighten the screw. Air Shutter Settings MEZZO36-C MEZZO36ST-C MEZZO48-C MEZZO48ST-C NG Propane GLASS REFRACTORY KIT Standard Opening= 3/16 in. Standard Opening= Full Open LOG KIT 1/4 in.Full Open MEZZO60-C MEZZO60ST-C NG Propane GLASS REFRACTORY KIT Standard Opening= 3/8 in. Standard Opening= Full Open LOG KIT 3/8 in.Full Open MEZZO72-C MEZZO72ST-C NG Propane GLASS REFRACTORY KIT Standard Opening= 1/2 in. Standard Opening= Full Open LOG KIT 1/2 in.Full Open DETAIL Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2064 10 10 Finishing A. Facing Material NOTICE: Surface temperatures around the appliance will become warm while the appliance is in operation. Ensure finishing materials used for all surfaces (floor, walls, mantels, etc.) will withstand temperatures up to 190°F. Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply combustible materials beyond the min- imum clearances. Comply with all minimum clearanc- es to combustibles as specified in this manual. Ma- terials overlapping into non-combustible zones could ignite and will interfere with air flow through decora- tive barrier fronts. • Metal front of appliance may be covered with non- combustible materials only, excluding lower cover panel. See Figure 10.1. • Facing and/or finishing materials must not interfere with air flow through decorative barrier fronts, removal of decorative barrier fronts or access for service. • Facing and/or finishing materials must never overhang into the glass opening. • Observe all clearances when applying combustible materials. • Seal gaps between the finished wall and appliance top and sides using a 300 ºF minimum sealant. Refer to Figure 10.1. WARNING WARNING! Risk of Fire! Comply with all minimum clear- ances to combustibles as specified. Framing closer than the minimums listed must be constructed entirely of noncom- bustible materials (i.e., steel studs, concrete board, etc.). Splatter Guard The splatter guard is a piece of corrugated material used to protect the appliance during the installation process before finishing work on the whole hearth is complete. A splatter guard is factory-installed on MEZZO-C models. Splatter guards must be removed before appliance is fired. WARNING! Risk of Fire! Remove the splatter guard be- fore lighting the appliance. Shut off gas to the appliance when the splatter guard is in place to prevent accidental operation. WARNING! Risk of Fire! Maintain specified air space clearances to combustibles. Inadequate air space could cause overheating and fire. Finishing Instructions It is important to follow the framing and finishing instruc- tions to ensure proper placement of fireplace into the sur- rounding framing/finishing materials. Wall sheathing materials 1/2 in. thick are specified in this installation manual to properly align with the factory- included non-combustible material. WARNING! Risk of Fire! Factory-included non-combus- tible board MUST be installed. DO NOT remove or cover it with combustible material, such as: • Drywall (gypsum board) • Plywood • Materials that do not meet the ASTM E 136 Non-com- bustibility standard (below). Removal of installed, non-combustible board and/or use of materials not meeting the ASTM E 136 standard could cause fire. Non-Combustible Materials Specification Material which will not ignite and burn. Such materials are those consisting entirely of steel, iron, brick, tile, concrete, slate, glass or plasters, or any combination thereof. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E 136, Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 ºC. NOTICE: The maximum finishing material not only includes the decorative finish materials (marble, tile, slate, etc) but also the thin set, lath, and adhesive used to attach the decorative finish material. Finishing Materials NOTICE: Hearth & Home Technologies recommends using multiple pieces of decorative finish material around the opening of the appliance to reduce the chances of the material cracking. A single piece of decorative finish material (such as marble or granite) is more susceptible to cracking due to uneven heating and cooling which causes temperature differentials within the material itself. The use of multiple pieces will reduce the temperature differentials in each piece and reduce the likelihood of cracks. In addition to using multiple pieces of decorative finish material, the installation of the Passive Heat optional heat management system will also reduce the chances of cracking. 65Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 10.1 Screw Length Requirements Note: It is acceptable to use a high temperature silicone sealant to adhere drywall to lower cover panel. Finish and Sealing Joints All joints between the finished wall sheathing and the ap- pliance must be sealed with non-combustible materials. Sealants, such as caulk or mastic used to seal the gap between the wall and the fireplace, should be rated at a minimum continuous exposure to 300 ºF. Finishing Around Opening with Gypsum Wallboard Gypsum wallboard (drywall) joints adjacent to the fire- place opening, including the non-combustible board on the appliance, require special attention to minimize crack- ing. When installing gypsum wallboard around the fire- place, install the hole for the fireplace opening in a single wallboard sheet, if possible. This will minimize the joints adjacent to the fireplace opening. Tape wall board joints around the fireplace opening with fiberglass-mesh tape. It will provide a more crack-resis- tant joint than paper tape. Fill, smooth and finish wall joints with chemically setting-type joint compound. It will provide a more crack-resistant joint than air-drying light- weight compound. Painting If desired finishing includes a painted wall, 100% acrylic latex with compatible primer is recommended around this appliance. Oil-based or standard acrylic paints may dis- color due to heat exposure. In extreme cases, lab tests have shown yellow pigments fading out of paints over time due to heat. Vent run and installation location will have an effect on wall temperature and fading. If fading occurs, consider avoiding paint that contains yellow pigment. In regards to the sheetrock mud, apply a smooth, even layer, covering a wide area of the wall for the best results. For best results, follow the tips below. The appliance is designed to mate with 1/2 in. wall sheathing materials such as drywall, plywood, wood composites, or non-combustible materials. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply combustible materials beyond the minimum clearances. Comply with all minimum clearances to combustibles as specified in this manual. Materials overlapping into non-combustible zones could ignite and will interfere with air flow through decorative barrier fronts. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT install drywall or other combustible materials directly onto the installed non- combustible board. Overlapping materials could ignite. MAXIMUM SCREW LENGTH = 3/4 INCH (LOWER COVER PANEL) MAXIMUM SCREW LENGTH = 2 INCHES(INSTALLED NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD) NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL ONLY IN THIS AREA 2 IN. = NO FASTENERS IN THIS AREA To Reduce the Risk of Sheetrock Cracking: DO Use all purpose joint compound. Use eggshell paint (100% acrylic latex paint, gloss or semi-gloss). To Avoid Sheetrock Cracking: DO NOT Use a quick set or light weight joint compound. Use flat paint. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT use screws longer than two inches when attaching finishing materials to in- stalled non-combustible material. Screws longer than two inches will compromise clearance and could cause over- heating and fire. WARNING! Risk of Fire, Explosion or Asphyxiation! DO NOT use screws more than 3/4 of an inch long on lower cover panel. Longer screws may penetrate gas line or damage valve or electrical components. If a crack does emerge adjacent the fireplace, it can be permanently repaired by filling it with paintable latex caulk, followed by repainting. It is acceptable to pre-drill holes and use self-tapped screws in the factory-included non-combustible board which may be used to lathe (a backer for tile, marble, etc.). Screws being installed through the installed non- combustible board should be self-tapping type with a maximum length of 2 inches. See Figure 10.1. When installing finish material on the lower cover panel, DO NOT drill or install screws longer than 3/4 of an inch. Screws longer than 3/4 of an inch could penetrate the lower cover panel causing damage to components or penetrate the gas line. See Figure 10.1. This section discusses installation details associated with the Inside and Overlap Fit methods and specifies additional non-combustible materials required. When finishing the wall around the fireplace, it is critical that wall sheathing be fastened properly. Wall sheathing fasteners, such as screws or nails, are not permitted in some locations. See Figure 10.1. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2066 Facing Material • Facing and/or finishing materials must not interfere with air flow through decorative barrier fronts. • Facing and/or finishing materials must never overhang into the glass opening. • Observe all clearances when applying combustible materials. Figure 10.2 Finishing and Facing Materials - Single-Sided Models Finishing - Hearth See Inside Fit or Overlap Method sections to determine the necessary requirements for installation of a non- combustible hearth for this model. Only hearths made of non-combustible materials are allowed.BOTTOM FINISHING TEMPLATE FINISHING GUARDS NON-COMBUSTIBLE FINISHING MATERIAL OVERLAP FIT = 0-1 IN. THICK INSIDE FIT = 1-4 IN. THICK 1/2 IN. THICK WALL SHEATHING Decorative facing material thickness is measured from the face of the installed non-combustible board. See Figure 10.2 and Figure 10.3. The fronts for this appliance are compatible with non- combustible materials. See Figure 10.2 and Figure 10.3. Refer to Section 1.E and 1.F of this manual for definitions and qualifications of non-combustible and combustible materials. Specific requirements for each method of installation are described in this section. Installation of finishing materials can be accomplished by either the “overlap” or “inside-fit” method, depending on what type of decorative barrier front is to be installed. See Figure 10.2 and 10.3. Overlap fit decorative barrier fronts include the Quattro and Loft Forge. The Clean Face Trim Front (CFT) can be either an inside fit or an overlap fit. See Table 1. Decorative Barrier Front Finishing Method Material Thickness Trim Ring Clean Face Trim (CFT)Inside Fit 1-4 inches Included & Not Used (Option #1) Included & Used (Option #2) Overlap Fit 0-1 inch Included & Used Quattro/Loft Forge Overlap Fit 0-1 inch Not included Table 1 NOTICE: The location of the Passive Heat discharge opening could allow for venting and other construction materials to be visible. It is acceptable to paint the vent pipe and other construction materials using a high temperature paint with a minimum of 300 °F continuous exposure rating. Hearth & Home Technologies recommends using black touch up paint (part number TUP-GBK-12) available from your Hearth & Home Technologies dealer. 67Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 10.3 Finishing Materials - See-Through Models NON-COMBUSTIBLE FINISHING MATERIAL OVERLAP FIT = 0-1 IN. THICK INSIDE FIT = 1-4 IN. THICK NON-COMBUSTIBLE FINISHING MATERIAL OVERLAP FIT = 0-1 IN. THICK INSIDE FIT = 1-4 IN. THICK BOTTOM FINISHING TEMPLATE (Control side only) FINISHING GUARDS FINISHING GUARDS 1/2 IN. INSTALLED NON-COMBUSTIBLE BOARD 1/2 IN. THICK WALL SHEATHING Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2068 NOTICE: This one inch maximum not only includes the decorative finish materials (marble, tile, slate, etc) but also the thin set, lath and adhesive used to attach the decorative finish material. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply combustible materials beyond the minimum clearances. Comply with all minimum clearances to combustibles as specified in this manual. Overlapping materials could ignite. Clean Face Trim Front (CFT) Overlap Fit (0-1 Inch Thick Finishing Method) Non-Combustible Finish Materials 1. Remove bottom finishing template from bottom access panel. Verify that factory-installed finishing guards are installed to ensure finishing material does not extend into the fireplace opening. See Figure 10.2 and 10.3. 2. The non-combustible finish material, 0-1 inch thick, should be installed up to the fireplace opening on all four sides, including the bottom access panel, cover- ing the eight rectangular holes. Refer to Figure 10.4 for minimum finished opening dimensions. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply finishing mate- rial beyond the finishing guard. Appliance will overheat if finishing material extends into appliance opening. NOTICE: Decorative barrier front will not fit properly if finishing material is applied beyond the finishing guard. 3. Follow Overlap Fit section of the instructions provided with decorative barrier front. FIREPLACE VIEWING AREA15-3/4 IN. 51-1/8 IN.MEZZO48-C/MEZZO48ST-C 39-1/8 IN.MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C 63-1/8 IN.MEZZO60-C/MEZZO60ST-C75-1/8 IN.MEZZO72-C/MEZZO72ST-C Figure 10.4 Minimum Finished Opening Dimensions - Clean Face Trim Front Method Note: When a Clean Face Trim decorative barrier front is installed, the rectangular holes in bottom access panel will be covered. B. Decorative Barrier Fronts WARNING! Risk of Burns! A decorative barrier front is required for this model. DO NOT operate this appliance without a decorative barrier front in place. Note: See appliance Owner’s Manual for TV mounting guidelines. Only decorative barrier fronts certified for use with this ap- pliance model may be used. Contact your dealer for a list of decorative barrier fronts that may be used. The decorative barrier fronts approved for use with this appliance have been designed to be installed by two methods: Overlap Fit or Inside Fit. Before beginning the installation, it is important to determine which method will be used. Decorative Barrier Front Finishing Method Material Thickness Trim Ring Clean Face Trim (CFT)Overlap Fit 0-1 inch Included & Used 69Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Non-Combustible Finish Materials WARNING! Risk of Fire! • If a Clean Face Trim (CFT) front has been installed and is to be replaced with a Quattro or Loft Forge decorative barrier front, the finishing material MUST be removed to reveal the eight rectangular holes on the bottom access panel. • Overheating and fire could occur. NOTICE: This four inch maximum not only includes the decorative finish materials (marble, tile, slate, etc) but also the thin set, lath and adhesive used to attach the decorative finish material. Note: When a Clean Face Trim decorative barrier front is installed, the rectangular holes in bottom access panel will be covered. Clean Face Trim Front (CFT) Inside Fit (1-4 Inches Thick Finishing Method) There are two options for this method of finishing: With Decorative Trim Ring: (Option #2) The trim ring, which is included with the CFT front, will be installed and used as a finishing template. It will be left exposed. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply finishing mate- rial beyond the trim ring. Appliance will overheat if finish- ing material extends into appliance opening. 1. Remove bottom finishing template from bottom access panel. Verify that factory-installed finishing guards are installed to ensure finishing material does not extend into the fireplace opening. See Figures 10.2 and 10.3. 2. The non-combustible finish material, 1-4 inches thick, should be installed up to the fireplace opening on all four sides, including the bottom access panel, cover- ing the eight rectangular holes. Refer to Figure 10.4. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply finishing mate- rial beyond the finishing guard. Appliance will overheat if finishing material extends into appliance opening. NOTICE: Decorative barrier front will not fit properly if finishing material is applied beyond the finishing guard. 3. Follow Inside Fit section of the instructions provided with decorative barrier front. 1. Remove finishing template from bottom access panel. 2. Remove top and bottom finishing guards. 3. Install trim ring (included with CFT decorative barrier front). Push trim ring completely into the opening. 4. Place trim ring into position and install the four shoul- der bolts through the trim ring as shown in Figure 10.6. Install the screw as shown in Figure 10.5. Finishing materials may be installed up to the trim ring but must not extend beyond it. See Figure 10.7. Figure 10.5 Install Trim Ring Figure 10.6 Install Shoulder Bolts BOTTOM GLASS SHIELD SHOULDER BOLTS (4) RECTANGULAR HOLE BOTTOM PANEL BOTTOM FINISHING TEMPLATE WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply combustible materials beyond the minimum clearances. Comply with all minimum clearances to combustibles as specified in this manual. Overlapping materials could ignite. NOTICE: It is recommended that high temperature silicone sealant (500º F minimum continuous exposure rating) be used to adhere the trim ring to the finishing material. Without Decorative Trim Ring: (Option #1) Note: You will not use the trim ring, which is shipped with the CFT front, for this application. CFT Finishing Method Trim Ring Inside Fit Included & Not Used (Option #1) Included & Used (Option #2) Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2070 Figure 10.8 Finishing and Facing Materials - Inside Fit CFT Decorative Barrier Front Only Finishing - Raised Hearth in Front of Appliance A non-combustible hearth may be installed in front of the appliance only if the inside fit finishing method with CFT decorative barrier fronts is used. 1. Non-combustible hearth material may be placed up to the bottom edge of the trim ring. The hearth may be a maximum of twelve inches in depth. TRIM RING INSTALLED FINISH TO THIS EDGE FINISH TO THIS EDGE OF TRIM RING Figure 10.7 Non-Combustible Finish Material Diagram for 1-4 Inch Thick Inside Fit Method Using Trim Ring (Option #2) CFT FRONTS ONLY TRIM RING CFT FRONTS ONLY 12 IN. MAX NON-COMBUSTIBLE HEARTH 71Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply combustible materials beyond the minimum clearances. Comply with all minimum clearances to combustibles as specified in this manual. Overlapping materials could ignite. 1. Follow instructions provided with decorative barrier front for installation. The non-combustible finishing material, 0-1 inch thick, should be installed up to the fireplace opening on the top and sides. Use the factory-installed top finishing guard to ensure the finishing material does not extend into the fireplace open- ing. Non-combustible finishing material should be installed on the bottom up to the bottom finishing template. See Figure 10.9. Do not cover the eight rectangular holes on the bottom access panel. See Figure 10.10 for minimum finished opening dimensions. WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT cover rectangular holes on bottom access panel when installing overlap fronts. Figure 10.9 Non-Combustible Finishing Material Diagram for 0-1 Inch Thick Overlap Fit Method (Quattro/Forge) WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply finishing mate- rial beyond the top finishing guard and the bottom finish- ing template. Appliance will overheat if finishing material extends into appliance opening. NOTICE: Decorative barrier front will not fit properly if finishing material is applied beyond the finishing guard. Quattro and Loft Forge Decorative Barrier Front BOTTOM PANEL BOTTOM FINISHING TEMPLATE = RECTANGULAR ACCESS HOLES DO NOT COVER NOTICE: This one inch maximum not only includes the decorative finish materials (marble, tile, slate, etc) but also the thin set, lath and adhesive used to attach the decorative finish material. Non-Combustible Finish Materials Overlap Fit (0-1 Inch Thick Finishing Material Only) Decorative Barrier Front Finishing Method Material Thickness Trim Ring Quattro/Loft Forge Overlap Fit 0-1 inch Not included Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2072 Figure 10.10 Minimum Finished Opening Dimensions - Overlap Fit Method (Quattro and Loft Forge Decorative Barrier Fronts Only) WARNING! Risk of Fire! DO NOT apply combustible materials beyond the minimum clearances. Comply with all minimum clearances to combustibles as specified in this manual. Overlapping materials could ignite. 17-1/4 IN.FIREPLACE VIEWING AREA 51-1/8 IN.MEZZO48-C/MEZZO48ST-C39-1/8 IN.MEZZO36-C/MEZZO36ST-C 63-1/8 IN.MEZZO60-C/MEZZO60ST-C 73Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 C. Mantel and Wall Projections WARNING! Risk of Fire! Comply with all minimum clear- ances to combustibles as specified. Framing closer than the minimums listed must be constructed entirely of noncom- bustible materials (i.e., steel studs, concrete board, etc.) Combustible Mantels Note: For non-combustible fireplace finish material (marble, stone, etc) specifications refer to Section 10.A. Figure 10.12 Minimum Vertical and Maximum Horizontal Dimensions of Combustibles - MEZZO36-C, MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48-C and MEZZO48ST-C MEASUREMENT FROM TOP EDGE OPENING 18 20 23 26 29 9 12 6 3 1 Measurement from top edge opening to bottom of appliance = 24-1/2 IN. MAX. Note: All measurements in inches. Figure 10.13 Minimum Vertical and Maximum Horizontal Dimensions of Combustibles - MEZZO60-C, MEZZO60ST-C, MEZZO72-C and MEZZO72ST-C Note: All measurements in inches. TOP OF APPLIANCE OPENING Figure 10.11 Location of Appliance Opening Figure 10.14 Minimum Vertical and Maximum Horizontal Dimensions of Combustibles - Passive Heat Kit Installed (All Sizes) If the Passive Heat kit will be installed, see Figure 10.19 for details regarding clearances to combustibles in addi- tion to the requirements for Combustible and Non-Com- bustible Mantel diagrams and the Mantel Leg/Wall Pro- jection diagrams (Figure 10.11-Figure 10.18). MEASUREMENTS FROM TOP EDGE OF THE APPLIANCE OPENING 4 5 6 16 3 2 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 18 MAX. Measurement from top edge of opening to bottom of appliance = 24-1/2 IN. Note: All measurements in inches. MEASUREMENT FROM TOP EDGE OPENING 24 27 30 9 6 3 Measurement from top edge opening to bottom of appliance = 24-1/2 IN. MAX. Note: Minimum distance from top edge opening to ceiling can be found in the Framing and Clearances section 3.B. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2074 Non-Combustible Mantels Figure 10.15 Minimum Vertical and Maximum Horizontal Dimensions of Non-Combustibles - Overlap Fit Finishing 3 FT. MAXIMUM 4-1/2 IN. MINIMUM FIREPLACE OPENING See Appliance Dimension Diagram-Dimension B Figure 3.1 (MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C) Figure 3.2 (MEZZO60-C, MEZZO72-C) Figure 3.3 (MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C) Figure 3.4 (MEZZO60ST-C, MEZZO72ST-C) Figure 10.17 Mantel Leg or Wall Projections (Acceptable on both sides of opening) Mantel Legs Or Wall Projections Extending Past The Face Of The Fireplace (Combustible or Non-Combustible) Figure 10.18 Mantel Leg or Wall Projections (Acceptable on both sides of opening) OVERLAP FIT (QUATTRO/LOFT FORGE) Figure 10.16 Minimum Vertical and Maximum Horizontal Dimensions of Non-Combustibles - Inside Fit Finishing INSIDE FIT (CFT) Note: All measurements in inches. 7 IN. MINIMUM UNLIMITED FIREPLACE OPENING See Appliance Dimension Diagram-Dimension B Figure 3.1 (MEZZO36-C, MEZZO48-C) Figure 3.2 (MEZZO60-C, MEZZO72-C) Figure 3.3 (MEZZO36ST-C, MEZZO48ST-C) Figure 3.4 (MEZZO60ST-C, MEZZO72ST-C) MEASUREMENTS FROM TOP EDGE OF THE APPLIANCE OPENING 4 5 6 16 3 2 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 18 MAX. Measurement from top edge of opening to bottom of appliance = 24-1/2 IN. Note: All measurements in inches. MEASUREMENTS FROM TOP EDGE OF THE APPLIANCE OPENING 4 5 6 16 9 10 18 MAX. Measurement from top edge of opening to bottom of appliance = 24-1/2 IN. 7 11 75Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 10.19 Clearances with Passive Heat Optional Heat Management System Installed Clearances with Passive Heat Optional Heat Management System Figure 10.19 shows the required clearances for appliance, ceiling finishing material and framing members. Ensure all clearances are maintained. WARNING! Risk of Fire! Wire mesh required on bottom of discharge opening when discharge opening is greater than 3 inches. Secure wire mesh to top of framing. Measurement from top edge of opening to bottom of appliance = 24-1/2 IN. ROOM CEILING TV 12 IN. MIN. 4 IN. MIN.1/2 IN. X 1/2 IN. WIRE MESH* * Wire mesh required for front discharge or open top discharge passive heat installations with discharge opening of 3 inches or greater. Good Faith Guidelines for TV Installations Above a MEZZO-C Fireplace with Passive Heat Option (Single-Sided Appliance Shown) FIREPLACE OPENING 2 X 4 FRAMING 2 X 4 OR 2 X 6 FRAMING WIRE MESH* = PASSIVE HEAT DISCHARGE OPENING 2 IN. MIN. 1-1/2 IN. (2 X 4 FRAMING) CHASE CEILING - SEE FIGURES 3.14 & 3.16 Required for non-ducted front and side discharge passive heat installations. Î Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2076 11 11 Appliance Setup Figure 11.1 Fixed Glass Assembly A. Fixed Glass Assembly Removal and Re- placement WARNING! Risk of Asphyxiation! Handle fixed glass assembly with care. Inspect the gasket to ensure it is undamaged and inspect the glass for cracks, chips or scratches. • DO NOT strike, slam or scratch glass. • DO NOT operate fireplace with glass removed, cracked, broken or scratched. • Replace as a complete assembly. Removing Fixed Glass Assembly 1. Remove the decorative barrier front from fireplace and set aside on work surface. 2. Remove bottom glass shield. See Figure 11.2. 3. Locate the glass latches that are on the upper edge of the glass frame of the appliance. See Figure 11.1. 4. Use both index fingers to release the glass clips. 5. Allow glass to tilt forward. Grasp glass on the upper return lip of glass frame and lift up and out. The glass should lift easily out of the bottom retaining lip. Replacing Fixed Glass Assembly 1. Locate retaining lip on lower front face of firebox. 2. Place glass assembly into retaining lip end. Tilt top of glass assembly toward fireplace. 3. Assure proper left to right placement of glass and engage all four spring latches. 4. Replace bottom glass shield and decorative barrier front. B. Remove the Shipping Materials/Install Bottom Glass Shield Remove shipping materials from inside or underneath the firebox. Verify all components are with the fireplace. Unwrap the bottom glass shield and replace in the same location as shown in Figure 11.2. Figure 11.2 Bottom Glass Shield Location BOT T O M G L A S S S H I E L D CAUTION! Risk of Overheating! DO NOT remove com- ponent insulation from top of component heat shield. Electrical components will be damaged. Figure 11.3 Component Insulation Location COMPONENT INSULATIONCOMPONENT INSULATION BOTTOM RETAINING LIP GLASS CLIPS 77Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 D. Install Glass Refractory Panels CAUTION! Risk of Cuts or Abrasions. Wear protective gloves and safety glasses during installation. NOTICE: Handle refractory panels with care. Refractory may chip or crack if dropped or impacted. B. See-Through Models: 1. Set left side glass panel, labeled B in Figure 1, into firebox with the smooth side facing outward. 2. Bend the hand bend on the bracket down 90 degrees. See Figure 4. 3. Install side glass brackets using one self-tapping screw to secure the bracket to the firebox. See Figure 7. 4. Bend the tab on the glass bracket toward the side glass panel until a 1/16 inch - 1/8 inch gap is created between the tab and the side glass panel. See Figure 6. 5. Figure 7 shows retaining bracket installed. Repeat for other side. Glass Panel Instructions See-Through Models: See Section B A. Single-Sided Models 1. Set back glass panel, labeled A in Figure 1, into firebox on top of the two back glass spacer blocks, with the smooth side of the glass facing outward. Position the retaining bracket inside appliance as shown in Figure 3. Line up the hole in the heat shield with the hole closest to the bend in the bracket and secure in place with a screw. See Figure 2 and Figure 3. 2. Bend the hand bend on the bracket down 90 degrees. See Figure 4. 3. Install side glass brackets by pushing up on the corner of the top heat shield and use two self-tapping screws to secure the bracket to the firebox. See Figure 5. 4. Install the left side panel, labelled “B” in Figure 1, by sliding it into place from the front. While installing, press the panel firmly against the firebox side. 5. Bend the tab on the glass bracket toward the side glass panel until a 1/16 inch - 1/8 inch gap is created between the tab and the side glass panel. See Figure 6. 6. Repeat for other side. C. Clean the Appliance Clean/vacuum any sawdust that may have accumulated inside the firebox or underneath in the control cavity. WARNING! Risk of Fire! Remove all debris and objects from firebox top and appliance top before operating the appliance. Inspect for and remove all debris that may have accumulated or objects that may have been placed on the firebox top and appliance top during the installation process. All debris and objects must be removed prior to operation of the appliance. Firebox top and appliance top are shown in Figure 11.4. Figure 11.4 APPLIANCE TOP FIREBOX TOP Optional Passive Heat Kit Installations Only: Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2078 A*B C *Back panel used in single-sided models Figure 1 Placement of Glass Panels Figure 4 Retaining Bracket - Side Panel HAND BEND TABHAND BEND TAB Figure 2 Glass Spacer Block Location - Back Figure 3 Retaining Bracket Installation - Back GLASS SPACER BLOCKS (2)GLASS SPACER BLOCKS (2) RETAINING BRACKETRETAINING BRACKET Figure 7 Retaining Bracket Installation - See-Through Models Figure 6 Gap Between Tab and Side Glass Panel: 1/16 IN. - 1/8 IN. GAP = GAP = 1/16 IN. - 1/8 IN.1/16 IN. - 1/8 IN. Figure 5 Retaining Bracket Installation - Side Panel 79Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 G. IntelliFire Touch® Control System Setup • Detailed instructions for electrical wiring and connections are provided in Section 8. • Determine if this appliance is equipped with a Module Reset Switch. See Section 8. Verify this switch is in the ON position. • Verify that the 3-Position switch on the IFT-ECM is switched to the REMOTE position. Detailed Operating Instructions for the IFT-ECM are provided in Section 3.K of the Owner’s Manual. Figure 11.5 IFT-ECM This appliance is factory-equipped with an IntelliFire Touch remote control. The remote was paired to the fireplace and tested at the factory. It does not need to be paired again, unless an accessory kit will be added at the time of installation. If no additional accessory will be added, simply follow steps one through seven below. 1. If installed, remove batteries from remote. 2. Verify that the new appliance has power and secure electrical connections. 3. Adjust the ECM selector switch to ‘REMOTE’ mode. 4. Switch the master reset switch to ‘ON’ (if equipped). 5. Wait to verify LED indicator on the ECM stops flashing. 6. Install batteries in the RC400 remote. 7. The RC400 remote will automatically pair to the appliance as pre-set at the factory. 3 POSITION SWITCH TOP VIEW LED INDICATOR E. Install Media Media kits are available for use with the MEZZO models. Install glass media or stone media according to instructions included with the media kit. F. Install Log Set (Optional) An optional log set is available for use with the MEZZO models. Install the log set per instructions included with kit. H. Install Decorative Barrier Front WARNING! Risk of Fire! Install ONLY decorative barrier fronts approved by Hearth & Home Technologies. Unap- proved decorative barrier fronts could cause fireplace to overheat. IMPORTANT! This fireplace requires an installed decorative barrier front to prevent direct contact with the hot viewing glass. DO NOT operate the fireplace with the barrier removed. Contact your dealer or Hearth & Home Technologies if the barrier is not present or help is needed to properly install one. For more information refer to the instructions supplied with your decorative barrier front. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2080 12 12 Reference Materials A. Vent Components Diagrams Figure 12.1 DVP Vent Components Pipe Effective Length Inches Millimeters DVP4 4 102 DVP6 6 152 DVP12 12 305 DVP24 24 610 DVP36 36 914 DVP48 48 1219 DVP6A 3 to 6 76 to 152 DVP12A 3 to 12 76 to 305 10-1/2 in. (267 mm) 10-7/8 in. (276 mm) 45° 7-3/8 in. (187 mm) 11-3/8 in. (289 mm) 1-1/4 in. (32 mm) 9-1/4 in. (235 mm) 13-1/4 in. (337 mm) 1/2 in. TYP DVP90ST (90° Elbow) 10 in. (254 mm) 10 in. (254 mm) 1 in. (25 mm) DVP-FS (Ceiling Firestop) DVP45 (45º Elbow) DVP Pipe (see chart) Effective Height/Length 4-7/8 in. (124 mm) (13 mm) 10 in. (254 mm) 1- 1/2 in. (38 mm) 5 in. (127 mm)12 in. (305 mm) UP DVP-HVS (Vent Support) 12 in. (305 mm) 14 in. (356 mm) 1 in. (25 mm) 8 in. (203 mm) 6 in. (152 mm) DVP-WS (Wall Shield Firestop) Finished Height: 19-3/4 in./502 mm UNIV-AS2 (Attic Insulation Shield) Tab=1 in. (25.4 mm) 20-3/4 in. (527 mm) 14 IN. (356 MM) 14 IN. (356 MM) 20 IN. (508 MM) 12 IN. (305 MM)DVP-RDS ROOF DECK INSULATION SHIELD 81Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 DVP-HPC1 DVP-HPC2 DVP-TRAP1 DVP-TRAP2 DVP-TRAPK2DVP-TRAPK1 DVP-TRAP Horizontal Termination Cap Note: Heat shields MUST overlap by a minimum of 1-1/2 in. (38 mm). The heat shield is designed to be used on a wall 4 in. to 7-1/4 in. (102 mm to 184 mm) thick. If wall thickness is less than 4 in. (102 mm) the existing heat shields must be field trimmed. If wall thickness is greater than 7-1/4 in. (184 mm) a DVP-HSM-B will be required. 15-1/8 in. (384 mm) 12 in. (305 mm) 8 in. (203 mm) Max Effective Length Heat Shield *5 in. (127 mm)* Center of the horizontal vent pipe to the vertical measuring surface. A. Vent Components Diagrams (continued) Figure 12.2 DVP Vent Components Term Cap Minimum Effective Length Maximum Effective Length Trap1 3-1/8 in. 4-5/8 in. 79 mm 117 mm Trap2 5-3/8 in. 9-3/8 in. 137 mm 238 mm Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2082 13-1/4 in. (337 mm) 24-5/8 in. (625 mm) 27-1/2 in. (699 mm) RF6Roof Flashing 31 in.(787 mm) 24-5/8 in.(625 mm) 13-1/4 in.(337 mm) RF12 Roof Flashing Cap Shield DRC-RADIUS 13-7/8 in. (352 mm) 9-1/2 in. (241 mm) 14 in. (356 mm) COOL-ADDM Cap Shield 11-5/8 in. (295 mm) 5-3/4 in. (146 mm) 7-1/8 in. (181 mm) 12-1/8 in. (308 mm) DVP-BEK2 DVP-HPC Cap Brick Extension 13-7/8 in. (352 mm) 5 in. (127 mm) 11-7/8 in. (302 mm) 26 in. 660 mm DVP-TRAPFL Flashing DVP-HSM-B Extended Heat Shield 12 IN. (305 mm) 7 IN. (178 mm) 4-15/16 IN. A A A 1/2 IN. (13 mm) 7/8 IN. (22 mm) (125 mm) 7 IN. (178 mm) TRAP-VSS Vinyl Siding Shield A. Vent Components Diagrams (continued) Figure 12.3 DVP Vent Components 83Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 DVP-TB1 Basement Vent Cap 12 in. (305 mm) 1-1/2 in. (38 mm) 7-3/8 in. (187 mm) 14 in. (356 mm)17-3/4 in. (451 mm) 7-1/4 in. 12 in. 305 mm (184 mm) 5-1/4 in.(133 mm) 12-1/2 in.(318 mm) DVP-TVHW VerticalTermination Cap (Highwind) 14 in. (356 mm) 12 in.(305 mm) 12-1/8 in.(314 mm) 7-1/8 in. (181 mm) 8-3/4 in. (222 mm) 1-5/8 in. (41 mm) 16-7/8 in. (429 mm) DVP-HPC High Performance Cap 1 in. (25 mm) 14 in. (356 mm) 3/8 in. (10 mm) 1 in. (25 mm) 7-1/4 in. (184 mm) 7-3/4 to 10-3/8 in. (197 to 264 mm) DVP-FBHT FireBrickTermination Cap 6 in. 152 mm A. Vent Components Diagrams (continued) Figure 12.4 DVP Vent Components 13 in. (330 mm) 15 in. (381 mm) 8-1/8 in. (206 mm) DVP-HRC-SS 10-7/8 in. 276 mm 10-1/2 in. 267 mm 3°87° Effective Length 5-3/4 to 8-3/8 in. 146 to 213 mm 5-1/2 in. 140 mm 8-3/8 in. 213 mm DVP-HRC-ZC-SS Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2084 17-7/8 IN. 454 mm 7-3/8 IN. 187 mm 14 IN. 356 mm 12 IN. 305 mm SLP-TB1 Basement Vent Cap Figure 12.5 Vent Components DECORATIVE TERMINATIONS/SHROUDS Only use listed decorative termination caps/shrouds with Hearth & Home Technologies approved venting systems. This applies to both DVP and SLP venting systems. Decorative Terminations Caps/Shrouds DTO134 DTO146 DTS134 DTS146 LDS33 LDS46 LDS-BV A. Vent Components Diagrams (continued) 85Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 Figure 12.6 PVV-SLP Vent Components A. Vent Components Diagrams (continued) 13-5/8 IN. 13-11/16 IN. 1-3/4 IN. 4 IN. 5-7/8 IN.3-11/16 IN. 12-1/8 IN. TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW Required Wire Harness and PVV-SLEEVE Lengths Available Part Number 10 ft. PV Wire Harness PVI-WH10 20 ft. PV Wire Harness PVI-WH20 40 ft. PV Wire Harness PVI-WH40 60 ft. PV Wire Harness PVI-WH60 80 ft. PV Wire Harness PVI-WH80 100 ft. PV Wire Harness PVI-WH100 Description Part Number 12 in. Wire Harness Sleeve PVV-SLEEVE-12 48 in. Wire Harness Sleeve PVV-SLEEVE-48 PVV-SLP Vertical Power Vent Note: A wire harness is required to power the PVV-SLP and connect it to the appliance. It is ordered separately from the PVV-SLP. Contact your dealer to order. Note: The PVV-SLEEVE-12 and/or PVV-SLEEVE-48 is required to be installed with the PVV-SLP. It is ordered separately from the PVV-SLP. Contact your dealer to order. Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2086 Figure 12.7 PVI-SLP-B Vent Components Optional Wire Harness DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER 10 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH10 20 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH20 40 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH40 60 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH60 80 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH80 100 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH100 PVI-SLP-B Power Vent Inline SLP-LPC SLP Low Profile Cap (Approved for use with PVI-SLP-B only) Note: Wire harnesses required to power the PVI-SLP-B connect to the appliance and are ordered separately from PVI-SLP-B. Contact your dealer to order. 16 IN. 406 mm 15 IN. (381 mm) 16-11/16 IN. (424 mm) 9-3/16 IN. (233 mm) 4-1/2 IN. 114 mm 16-11/16 IN. 424 mm 13-5/8 IN. (346 mm) 12-1/2 IN. (318 mm) 12-1/2 IN. 318 mm 20-3/4 IN. 527 mm 13-5/8 IN. 346 mmEFFECTIVE LENGTH 32 IN. (813 mm) MIN. 35 IN. (889 mm) MAX. Note: SLP-LPC, SL-2DVP and DVP-2SL components must be accompanied by a PVI-SLP-B. SL-2DVP Adapter 3-15/16 in. (101 mm) 6-11/16 in. (169 mm) 8 in. (203 mm) 3-15/16 in. (101 mm) 3-13/16 in. (97 mm) 5-1/16 in. (128 mm) 6-3/8 in. 163 mm 4-3/16 in. 106 mm 4-5/8 in. 117 mm 5-1/16 in. 128 mm8-1/8 in. 206 mm DVP-2SL Adapter 4 in. 102 mm 87Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/20 A. Vent Components Diagrams (continued) Required Wire Harness DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER 10 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH10 20 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH20 40 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH40 60 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH60 80 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH80 100 FT PV Wire Harness PVI-WH100 Note: Wire harnesses required to power the PVLP-SLP connect to the appliance and are ordered separately from PVLP-SLP. Contact your dealer to order. Figure 12.8 PVLP-SLP Vent Components PVLP-HS Heat Shield 14 IN. 356 mm 15-1/2 IN. 394 mm 11-1/2 IN. 292 mm 8 IN. 203 mm 4-3/8 IN. 112 mm 10 IN. 254 mm 5-1/4 IN. 135 mm 2-1/4 IN. 57 mm 9-1/2 IN. 241 mm 4-3/4 IN. 121 mm 2-1/4 IN. 57 mm 1-1/2 IN. 38 mm 6-1/4 IN. 159 mm Front View Top View Side View Note: A PVLP-HS heat shield is available and sold separately. Use if the PVLP-SLP is installed in a high traffic area. PVLP-BEK Brick Kit PVLP-SLP Power Vent Low Profile Heat & Glo • MEZZO36-C/ST-C, MEZZO48-C/ST-C, MEZZO60-C/ST-C, MEZZO72-C/ST-C Installation Manual • 2600-980 Rev. i • 7/2088 B. Accessories Remote Controls, Wall Controls and Wall Switches Follow the instructions supplied with the control installed to operate your fireplace: For safety: • Install a switch lock or a wall/remote control with child protection lockout feature. • Keep remote controls out of reach of children. See your dealer if you have questions. Printed in U.S.A. - Copyright 2020 Optional Heat Management Systems Kits After a qualified service technician has installed the heat management system, follow the instructions supplied with the kit for operation. Contact your dealer if you have questions. Note: Optional heat management systems kit must be installed while the top of the appliance is accessible. • Preparation for installation of Heat-Zone-Gas, HEAT- OUT-GAS or Passive Heat is discussed in Section 6.B. Install approved accessories per instructions included with accessories. Contact your dealer for a list of ap- proved accessories. WARNING! Risk of Fire and Electric Shock! Use ONLY Hearth & Home Technologies-approved optional acces- sories with this appliance. Using non-listed accessories could result in a safety hazard and will void the warranty. Heat & Glo, a brand of Hearth & Home Technologies 7571 215th Street West, Lakeville, MN 55044 www.heatnglo.com Please contact your Heat & Glo dealer with any questions or concerns. For the location of your nearest Heat & Glo dealer, please visit www.heatnglo.com.